2006-12-05 02:06:35 +08:00
|
|
|
//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
|
|
|
|
//
|
2007-12-30 03:59:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
|
|
|
|
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
|
2006-12-05 02:06:35 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This file implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 06:03:47 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
|
2010-08-25 13:32:35 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
|
2010-08-13 04:07:10 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
|
2010-08-25 13:32:35 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
|
2011-02-02 21:00:07 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
|
2010-08-25 13:32:35 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
|
2007-08-25 22:02:58 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
|
2009-10-07 01:59:45 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
|
2010-08-24 15:21:54 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
|
2009-08-27 06:59:12 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
|
2010-06-17 02:56:04 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
|
2009-08-27 06:59:12 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
|
2009-08-27 06:59:12 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
|
2008-12-23 08:26:44 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
|
2011-05-01 15:23:17 +08:00
|
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
|
2006-12-05 02:06:35 +08:00
|
|
|
using namespace clang;
|
2010-08-25 13:32:35 +08:00
|
|
|
using namespace sema;
|
2006-12-05 02:06:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo &II,
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
|
|
|
Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
|
|
ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
|
|
|
|
bool EnteringContext) {
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Determine where to perform name lookup.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
|
|
|
|
// wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
|
|
|
|
// destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
|
|
|
|
// particular shows where the current description of destructor name
|
|
|
|
// lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
// this appears to be ill-formed:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// namespace N {
|
|
|
|
// template <typename T> struct S {
|
|
|
|
// ~S();
|
|
|
|
// };
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// void f(N::S<int>* s) {
|
|
|
|
// s->N::S<int>::~S();
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
// See also PR6358 and PR6359.
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
|
|
|
|
// code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType SearchType;
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
|
|
|
|
bool isDependent = false;
|
|
|
|
bool LookInScope = false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
|
|
|
|
// pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
|
|
|
|
// we know what type we're looking for.
|
|
|
|
if (ObjectTypePtr)
|
|
|
|
SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SS.isSet()) {
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS.getScopeRep();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
bool AlreadySearched = false;
|
|
|
|
bool LookAtPrefix = true;
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
|
|
|
|
// nested-name-specifier. In a qualified-id of the form:
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// ::[opt] nested-name-specifier ~ class-name
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// where the nested-name-specifier designates a namespace scope, and in
|
|
|
|
// a qualified-id of the form:
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// ::opt nested-name-specifier class-name :: ~ class-name
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// the class-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// the nested-name-specifier.
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// Here, we check the first case (completely) and determine whether the
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// code below is permitted to look at the prefix of the
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// nested-name-specifier.
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
|
|
|
|
if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
|
|
|
|
AlreadySearched = true;
|
|
|
|
LookupCtx = DC;
|
|
|
|
isDependent = false;
|
|
|
|
} else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
|
|
|
|
LookAtPrefix = false;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-07-08 07:17:38 +08:00
|
|
|
// The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (AlreadySearched) {
|
|
|
|
// Nothing left to do.
|
|
|
|
} else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
|
|
|
|
CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
|
2011-02-26 00:07:42 +08:00
|
|
|
PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
|
|
|
|
isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
|
|
|
|
} else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
|
|
|
|
isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
|
2010-02-23 08:15:22 +08:00
|
|
|
isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 12:46:04 +08:00
|
|
|
LookInScope = false;
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
|
|
|
|
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
|
|
|
|
// If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
|
|
|
|
// in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
|
|
|
|
// of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
|
|
|
|
// also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
|
|
|
|
// lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
|
|
|
|
// cv-qualified) T.
|
|
|
|
LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
|
|
|
|
isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
"Caller should have completed object type");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LookInScope = true;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
|
|
|
|
LookInScope = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-05 06:32:08 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = 0;
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
|
|
|
|
// Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
|
2011-03-05 06:32:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// we're allowed to look there).
|
|
|
|
Found.clear();
|
|
|
|
if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
|
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupName(Found, S);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
|
|
|
|
if (Found.isAmbiguous())
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
|
|
|
|
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
|
|
|
|
Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
|
|
|
|
// We found our type!
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(T);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-08 16:13:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-05 06:32:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!SearchType.isNull())
|
|
|
|
NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
|
|
|
|
// the same name as the template name in the last part of the
|
|
|
|
// nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
|
|
|
|
// this is the destructor for that class.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
|
|
|
|
QualType MemberOfType;
|
|
|
|
if (SS.isSet()) {
|
|
|
|
if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
|
|
|
|
// Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
|
2010-03-10 11:28:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
|
|
|
|
MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (MemberOfType.isNull())
|
|
|
|
MemberOfType = SearchType;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (MemberOfType.isNull())
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
|
|
|
|
// class template we found is the same as the template being
|
|
|
|
// specialized, we found what we are looking for.
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
|
|
|
|
= dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
|
|
|
|
if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
|
|
|
|
Template->getCanonicalDecl())
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// We're referring to an unresolved class template
|
|
|
|
// specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
|
|
|
|
// is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
|
|
|
|
// know which template is being specialized, that it at least
|
|
|
|
// has the same name.
|
|
|
|
if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
|
|
|
|
= MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
|
|
|
|
TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The class template we found is the same template being
|
|
|
|
// specialized.
|
|
|
|
if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
|
|
|
|
if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The class template we found has the same name as the
|
|
|
|
// (dependent) template name being specialized.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
= SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
|
|
|
|
if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
|
|
|
|
DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(MemberOfType);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isDependent) {
|
|
|
|
// We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
|
|
|
|
// anyway.
|
2011-03-01 06:42:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
|
|
|
|
QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
|
|
|
|
II, NameLoc);
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(T);
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-03-05 06:32:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
|
|
|
|
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
|
|
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
|
|
|
|
<< T << SearchType;
|
|
|
|
Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
|
|
|
|
<< T;
|
|
|
|
} else if (ObjectTypePtr)
|
|
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
<< &II;
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_class_name);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
2010-02-17 03:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-09 00:13:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
|
2011-12-12 12:13:55 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
|
2011-12-09 00:13:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
|
|
assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
|
|
|
|
&& "only get destructor types from declspecs");
|
|
|
|
QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
|
|
|
|
QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
|
|
|
|
if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
|
|
|
|
return ParsedType::make(T);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
|
|
|
|
<< T << SearchType;
|
|
|
|
return ParsedType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
|
2010-09-09 07:14:30 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// type, the class shall be completely-defined.
|
2010-06-02 14:16:02 +08:00
|
|
|
Qualifiers Quals;
|
|
|
|
QualType T
|
|
|
|
= Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
|
|
|
|
Quals);
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
|
|
|
|
RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
|
|
|
|
Operand,
|
|
|
|
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
|
2010-09-09 07:14:30 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
|
|
|
|
Expr *E,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
bool isUnevaluatedOperand = true;
|
|
|
|
if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
|
2011-10-12 07:14:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
|
|
|
|
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
E = result.take();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType T = E->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
|
|
|
|
// [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
|
|
|
|
// shall be completely-defined.
|
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
|
2010-07-20 12:20:21 +08:00
|
|
|
// When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
|
|
|
|
// operand. [...]
|
2010-07-20 12:20:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->Classify(Context).isGLValue()) {
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
isUnevaluatedOperand = false;
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
|
|
|
|
MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
|
|
|
|
// [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
|
|
|
|
// std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// type.
|
2010-06-02 14:16:02 +08:00
|
|
|
Qualifiers Quals;
|
|
|
|
QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
|
|
|
|
T = UnqualT;
|
2011-09-28 05:58:52 +08:00
|
|
|
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).take();
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// If this is an unevaluated operand, clear out the set of
|
|
|
|
// declaration references we have been computing and eliminate any
|
|
|
|
// temporaries introduced in its computation.
|
|
|
|
if (isUnevaluatedOperand)
|
|
|
|
ExprEvalContexts.back().Context = Unevaluated;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
E,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2008-11-11 19:37:55 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
|
|
|
bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// Find the std::type_info type.
|
2011-04-01 03:29:24 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!getStdNamespace())
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
|
2009-08-19 09:28:28 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-09 07:14:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
|
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
|
|
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
|
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
|
|
|
|
CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
|
|
|
|
if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-09 07:14:30 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isType) {
|
|
|
|
// The operand is a type; handle it as such.
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
|
|
|
|
&TInfo);
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isNull())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!TInfo)
|
|
|
|
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
|
2008-11-11 19:37:55 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-27 06:37:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
|
2009-06-23 04:57:11 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The operand is an expression.
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
/// Retrieve the UuidAttr associated with QT.
|
|
|
|
static UuidAttr *GetUuidAttrOfType(QualType QT) {
|
|
|
|
// Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
|
2011-01-19 14:33:43 +08:00
|
|
|
const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();;
|
2010-12-20 11:51:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
|
|
|
|
Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
|
|
|
|
else if (QT->isArrayType())
|
|
|
|
Ty = cast<ArrayType>(QT)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-08 18:02:20 +08:00
|
|
|
// Loop all record redeclaration looking for an uuid attribute.
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
|
2011-05-08 18:02:20 +08:00
|
|
|
for (CXXRecordDecl::redecl_iterator I = RD->redecls_begin(),
|
|
|
|
E = RD->redecls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
|
|
|
if (UuidAttr *Uuid = I->getAttr<UuidAttr>())
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
return Uuid;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-08 18:02:20 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2010-12-20 11:51:03 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(Operand->getType()))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
|
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
|
|
|
|
Operand,
|
|
|
|
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
|
|
|
|
Expr *E,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!GetUuidAttrOfType(E->getType()) &&
|
2010-12-27 09:32:00 +08:00
|
|
|
!E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: add __uuidof semantic analysis for type operand.
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(),
|
|
|
|
E,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)));
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
|
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
|
|
|
bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
|
|
|
|
IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
|
|
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
|
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
|
|
|
|
MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
|
|
|
|
if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isType) {
|
|
|
|
// The operand is a type; handle it as such.
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 0;
|
|
|
|
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
|
|
|
|
&TInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (T.isNull())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!TInfo)
|
|
|
|
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The operand is an expression.
|
2010-09-08 20:20:18 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
|
2008-11-11 19:37:55 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-09-16 22:56:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2007-09-16 22:56:35 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
|
2008-10-24 23:36:09 +08:00
|
|
|
assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
|
2007-02-14 04:09:46 +08:00
|
|
|
"Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true,
|
|
|
|
Context.BoolTy, OpLoc));
|
2007-02-13 09:51:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-02-26 08:51:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-05-11 02:38:11 +08:00
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2009-05-11 02:38:11 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
|
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-02-26 08:51:44 +08:00
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
|
|
|
|
bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
|
|
|
|
if (Ex) {
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
|
|
|
|
// When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
|
|
|
|
// copy/move construction of a class object [...]
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
|
|
|
|
// non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
|
|
|
|
// clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
|
|
|
|
// innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
|
|
|
|
// operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
|
|
|
|
// omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
|
|
|
|
// exception object
|
|
|
|
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
|
|
|
|
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
|
|
|
|
if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
|
|
|
|
for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
|
|
|
|
if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
|
|
|
|
IsThrownVarInScope = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (S->getFlags() &
|
|
|
|
(Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
|
|
|
|
Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
|
|
|
|
Scope::TryScope))
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
|
|
|
|
bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
|
2011-02-23 11:46:46 +08:00
|
|
|
// Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
|
2011-02-28 10:27:16 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CXXExceptions &&
|
2011-02-23 11:46:46 +08:00
|
|
|
!getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
|
2011-02-20 05:53:09 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult ExRes = CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ExRes.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
Ex = ExRes.take();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc,
|
|
|
|
IsThrownVarInScope));
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
|
|
|
|
bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [except.throw]p3:
|
2009-12-24 06:04:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
|
|
|
|
// object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
|
|
|
|
// cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
|
2009-12-24 06:04:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
|
|
|
|
if (E->getType().hasQualifiers())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, E->getType().getUnqualifiedType(), CK_NoOp,
|
2011-09-28 05:58:52 +08:00
|
|
|
E->getValueKind()).take();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
|
|
|
|
if (Res.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
E = Res.take();
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
|
|
|
|
// to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
|
|
|
|
QualType Ty = E->getType();
|
2010-04-22 09:10:34 +08:00
|
|
|
bool isPointer = false;
|
2009-07-30 05:53:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
2010-04-22 09:10:34 +08:00
|
|
|
isPointer = true;
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
|
2009-08-27 06:59:12 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
|
|
|
|
: diag::err_throw_incomplete)
|
|
|
|
<< E->getSourceRange()))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2010-03-03 05:28:26 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-16 02:05:39 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_throw_abstract_type)
|
|
|
|
<< E->getSourceRange()))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-04-28 04:27:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-22 09:10:34 +08:00
|
|
|
// Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
|
|
|
|
// abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
|
|
|
|
// When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
|
|
|
|
// copy/move construction of a class object [...]
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
|
|
|
|
// non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-clause
|
|
|
|
// parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
|
|
|
|
// innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
|
|
|
|
// operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
|
|
|
|
// omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
|
|
|
|
// exception object
|
|
|
|
const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (IsThrownVarInScope)
|
|
|
|
NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), E, false);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-22 09:10:34 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity =
|
2011-01-22 06:46:35 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity::InitializeException(ThrowLoc, E->getType(),
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
/*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != 0);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRVOVariable,
|
2011-07-07 06:04:06 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType(), E,
|
|
|
|
IsThrownVarInScope);
|
2010-04-22 09:10:34 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Res.isInvalid())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
E = Res.take();
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *RecordTy = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
|
|
if (!RecordTy)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
|
|
|
|
// exception handling will make use of the vtable.
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-13 04:32:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
|
|
|
|
if (isPointer)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-10-13 04:32:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the class has a non-trivial destructor, we must be able to call it.
|
|
|
|
if (RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor
|
2010-07-02 06:47:18 +08:00
|
|
|
= const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(LookupDestructor(RD));
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Destructor)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-06-04 04:39:03 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
|
|
|
|
CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
|
2010-07-08 14:14:04 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2008-02-26 08:51:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-01 18:37:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-19 00:47:30 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType(bool Capture) {
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// Ignore block scopes: we can capture through them.
|
|
|
|
// Ignore nested enum scopes: we'll diagnose non-constant expressions
|
|
|
|
// where they're invalid, and other uses are legitimate.
|
|
|
|
// Don't ignore nested class scopes: you can't use 'this' in a local class.
|
2011-02-02 21:00:07 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned NumBlocks = 0;
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
while (true) {
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isa<BlockDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
|
|
DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
|
|
|
|
++NumBlocks;
|
|
|
|
} else if (isa<EnumDecl>(DC))
|
|
|
|
DC = cast<EnumDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
else break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-07-01 18:37:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ThisTy;
|
|
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
|
|
if (method && method->isInstance())
|
|
|
|
ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
|
|
|
|
} else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [expr.prim]p4:
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if a member-declarator declares a non-static data member
|
|
|
|
// of a class X, the expression this is a prvalue of type "pointer to X"
|
|
|
|
// within the optional brace-or-equal-initializer.
|
|
|
|
Scope *S = getScopeForContext(DC);
|
|
|
|
if (!S || S->getFlags() & Scope::ThisScope)
|
|
|
|
ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.getRecordType(RD));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-02-02 21:00:07 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-19 00:47:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Capture || ThisTy.isNull())
|
|
|
|
return ThisTy;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
// Mark that we're closing on 'this' in all the block scopes we ignored.
|
2011-10-19 00:47:30 +08:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned idx = FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
|
|
|
|
NumBlocks; --idx, --NumBlocks)
|
|
|
|
cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])->CapturesCXXThis = true;
|
2011-02-02 21:00:07 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return ThisTy;
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
/// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
|
|
|
|
/// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
|
|
|
|
/// which the function is called.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-19 00:47:30 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
|
2011-02-03 16:15:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false));
|
2008-07-01 18:37:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2010-09-08 08:15:04 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
MultiExprArg exprs,
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
2010-02-06 03:11:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!TypeRep)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-01-16 02:39:57 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
|
|
|
|
QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (!TInfo)
|
|
|
|
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
|
2010-09-08 08:15:04 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
|
|
|
|
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
|
|
|
|
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
|
|
|
|
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
|
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation LParenLoc,
|
|
|
|
MultiExprArg exprs,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
|
|
|
|
QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned NumExprs = exprs.size();
|
|
|
|
Expr **Exprs = (Expr**)exprs.get();
|
2010-09-08 08:15:04 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenLoc);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Ty->isDependentType() ||
|
2009-03-14 05:01:28 +08:00
|
|
|
CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs, NumExprs)) {
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
exprs.release();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-08 08:15:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo,
|
Introduce a new expression type, CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr, to
describe the construction of a value of a given type using function
syntax, e.g.,
T(a1, a2, ..., aN)
when the type or any of its arguments are type-dependent. In this
case, we don't know what kind of type-construction this will be: it
might construct a temporary of type 'T' (which might be a class or
non-class type) or might perform a conversion to type 'T'. Also,
implement printing of and template instantiation for this new
expression type. Due to the change in Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr,
our existing tests cover template instantiation of this new expression
node.
llvm-svn: 72176
2009-05-21 02:46:25 +08:00
|
|
|
LParenLoc,
|
|
|
|
Exprs, NumExprs,
|
|
|
|
RParenLoc));
|
2009-03-14 05:01:28 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-27 11:53:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Ty->isArrayType())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
|
|
|
|
diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
|
|
|
|
if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
|
|
|
|
RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use)
|
|
|
|
<< FullRange))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-27 11:53:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
|
|
|
|
diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009-01-17 02:33:17 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
|
|
|
|
// expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
|
|
|
|
// corresponding cast expression.
|
|
|
|
if (NumExprs == 1) {
|
2011-10-05 15:41:44 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
|
2009-09-10 05:33:21 +08:00
|
|
|
exprs.release();
|
2011-10-05 15:41:44 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-09 05:40:08 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
|
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind
|
|
|
|
= NumExprs ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc,
|
|
|
|
LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
: InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc,
|
2010-09-09 05:40:08 +08:00
|
|
|
LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs, NumExprs);
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, move(exprs));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Improve AST representation?
|
|
|
|
return move(Result);
|
2008-08-22 23:38:55 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-09-10 10:17:11 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
/// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
|
|
|
|
/// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
|
|
|
|
static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
|
|
|
|
QualType allocType) {
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *record =
|
|
|
|
allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
|
|
if (!record) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName deleteName =
|
|
|
|
S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
|
|
|
|
LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We're just doing this for information.
|
|
|
|
ops.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
|
|
|
|
if (ops.empty()) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
|
|
|
|
// on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
|
|
|
|
if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
|
|
|
|
while (filter.hasNext()) {
|
|
|
|
NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
|
|
|
|
// A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
|
|
|
|
// regardless of its signature.
|
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
|
|
|
|
filter.erase();
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
|
|
|
|
// If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
|
|
|
|
// parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
|
|
|
|
// named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
|
|
|
|
// second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
|
|
|
|
// is a usual deallocation function.
|
|
|
|
if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
|
|
|
|
filter.erase();
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
filter.done();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
|
|
|
|
return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-09-10 10:17:11 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4), as in e.g.:
|
|
|
|
/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
|
|
|
|
/// or
|
|
|
|
/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
|
|
|
|
/// For the interpretation of this heap of arguments, consult the base version.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
Declarator &D, SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation ConstructorRParen) {
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *ArraySize = 0;
|
|
|
|
// If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
|
|
|
|
if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
|
|
|
|
D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
|
|
|
|
DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
if (TypeContainsAuto)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
|
|
|
|
<< D.getSourceRange());
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
|
|
|
|
<< D.getSourceRange());
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
|
|
|
|
<< D.getSourceRange());
|
2009-10-26 05:45:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
|
2009-10-26 05:45:37 +08:00
|
|
|
D.DropFirstTypeObject();
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-11 08:18:58 +08:00
|
|
|
// Every dimension shall be of constant size.
|
2009-10-26 05:45:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ArraySize) {
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
|
2009-09-11 08:18:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
|
|
|
|
if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
|
|
|
|
if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent() &&
|
|
|
|
!NumElts->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(D.getTypeObject(I).Loc, diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
|
|
|
|
<< NumElts->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-10-26 05:45:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-28 11:01:23 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/0);
|
2010-06-05 07:28:52 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
|
2009-04-25 16:06:05 +08:00
|
|
|
if (D.isInvalidType())
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXNew(StartLoc, UseGlobal,
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
PlacementLParen,
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
move(PlacementArgs),
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
PlacementRParen,
|
2010-07-13 23:54:32 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeIdParens,
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
AllocType,
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
TInfo,
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
ArraySize,
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
ConstructorLParen,
|
|
|
|
move(ConstructorArgs),
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
ConstructorRParen,
|
|
|
|
TypeContainsAuto);
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
|
|
|
|
MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
|
2010-07-13 23:54:32 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange TypeIdParens,
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType AllocType,
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *ArraySize,
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation ConstructorLParen,
|
|
|
|
MultiExprArg ConstructorArgs,
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation ConstructorRParen,
|
|
|
|
bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
|
|
|
|
if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->getContainedAutoType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (ConstructorArgs.size() == 0)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType << TypeRange);
|
|
|
|
if (ConstructorArgs.size() != 1) {
|
|
|
|
Expr *FirstBad = ConstructorArgs.get()[1];
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
|
|
diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType << TypeRange);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-18 00:11:59 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, ConstructorArgs.get()[0], DeducedType))
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType
|
|
|
|
<< ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getType()
|
|
|
|
<< TypeRange
|
|
|
|
<< ConstructorArgs.get()[0]->getSourceRange());
|
2011-03-18 00:11:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!DeducedType)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-18 00:11:59 +08:00
|
|
|
AllocTypeInfo = DeducedType;
|
|
|
|
AllocType = AllocTypeInfo->getType();
|
2011-02-20 11:19:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-17 00:01:03 +08:00
|
|
|
// Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
|
|
|
|
// typedef of an array type.
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ArraySize) {
|
2010-05-17 00:01:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
|
|
|
|
= Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
|
2010-08-28 17:06:06 +08:00
|
|
|
ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
|
|
|
|
Context.getSizeType(),
|
|
|
|
TypeRange.getEnd());
|
2010-05-17 00:01:03 +08:00
|
|
|
AllocType = Array->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-10-07 00:00:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
// In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
|
|
|
|
AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
|
|
|
|
AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
|
|
|
|
AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
|
|
|
|
AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral
|
|
|
|
// or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-19 04:49:44 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult ConvertedSize = ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(
|
|
|
|
StartLoc, ArraySize,
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_array_size_not_integral),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
|
|
|
|
<< ArraySize->getSourceRange(),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::note_array_size_conversion),
|
|
|
|
PDiag(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
|
|
|
|
diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion :
|
|
|
|
diag::ext_array_size_conversion));
|
2010-06-30 08:20:43 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
ArraySize = ConvertedSize.take();
|
2010-06-30 08:20:43 +08:00
|
|
|
SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
|
2010-10-09 07:50:27 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
|
2010-06-30 08:20:43 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
// Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand.
|
|
|
|
// We don't care about special rules, so we tell the machinery it's not
|
|
|
|
// evaluated - it gives us a result in more cases.
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
|
|
|
|
llvm::APSInt Value;
|
|
|
|
if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, 0, false)) {
|
|
|
|
if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
|
2009-09-23 08:37:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Value.isUnsigned()))
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
2010-08-18 08:39:00 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
<< ArraySize->getSourceRange());
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-18 08:39:00 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned ActiveSizeBits
|
|
|
|
= ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
|
|
|
|
if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(ArraySize->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
2010-08-18 08:39:00 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_array_too_large)
|
|
|
|
<< Value.toString(10)
|
|
|
|
<< ArraySize->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-07-13 23:54:32 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
|
|
|
|
// Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
|
|
|
|
Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
|
|
|
|
<< ArraySize->getSourceRange()
|
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
|
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-07-13 23:54:32 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
// ARC: warn about ABI issues.
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
|
|
|
|
QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
|
|
|
|
if (BaseAllocType.hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime())
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
|
|
|
|
<< 0 << BaseAllocType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-15 15:14:44 +08:00
|
|
|
// Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
|
|
|
|
// be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
|
2008-12-02 22:43:59 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = 0;
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr **PlaceArgs = (Expr**)PlacementArgs.get();
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumPlaceArgs = PlacementArgs.size();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
|
|
|
|
!Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs) &&
|
|
|
|
FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
|
2009-02-10 02:24:27 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
|
|
|
|
UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlaceArgs,
|
|
|
|
NumPlaceArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
|
|
|
|
// deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
|
|
|
|
bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
|
|
|
|
if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
|
|
|
|
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
|
|
|
|
= doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
|
2009-11-20 02:39:40 +08:00
|
|
|
if (OperatorNew) {
|
|
|
|
// Add default arguments, if any.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
|
2009-11-20 02:39:40 +08:00
|
|
|
OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
VariadicCallType CallType =
|
2009-11-25 03:27:49 +08:00
|
|
|
Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-03 10:07:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Proto, 1, PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs,
|
2010-05-03 10:07:56 +08:00
|
|
|
AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
|
2009-11-25 02:29:37 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-20 02:39:40 +08:00
|
|
|
NumPlaceArgs = AllPlaceArgs.size();
|
|
|
|
if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
|
|
|
|
PlaceArgs = &AllPlaceArgs[0];
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Init = ConstructorLParen.isValid();
|
|
|
|
// --- Choosing a constructor ---
|
|
|
|
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
bool HadMultipleCandidates = false;
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr **ConsArgs = (Expr**)ConstructorArgs.get();
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumConsArgs = ConstructorArgs.size();
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConvertedConstructorArgs(*this);
|
2009-11-09 06:15:39 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-03 23:45:23 +08:00
|
|
|
// Array 'new' can't have any initializers.
|
2010-05-17 00:24:20 +08:00
|
|
|
if (NumConsArgs && (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize)) {
|
2010-05-03 23:45:23 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange InitRange(ConsArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
|
|
|
|
ConsArgs[NumConsArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-03 23:45:23 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
|
|
|
|
!Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(ConsArgs, NumConsArgs)) {
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [expr.new]p15:
|
|
|
|
// A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
|
|
|
|
// object as follows:
|
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind
|
|
|
|
// - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
|
|
|
|
// initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
|
|
|
|
// the object has indeterminate value
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
= !Init? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
: InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ConstructorLParen,
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
ConstructorRParen);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity
|
2009-12-22 23:35:07 +08:00
|
|
|
= InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, ConsArgs, NumConsArgs);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
move(ConstructorArgs));
|
|
|
|
if (FullInit.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FullInit is our initializer; walk through it to determine if it's a
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// constructor call, which CXXNewExpr handles directly.
|
|
|
|
if (Expr *FullInitExpr = (Expr *)FullInit.get()) {
|
|
|
|
if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder
|
|
|
|
= dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInitExpr))
|
|
|
|
FullInitExpr = Binder->getSubExpr();
|
|
|
|
if (CXXConstructExpr *Construct
|
|
|
|
= dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(FullInitExpr)) {
|
|
|
|
Constructor = Construct->getConstructor();
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
HadMultipleCandidates = Construct->hadMultipleCandidates();
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
for (CXXConstructExpr::arg_iterator A = Construct->arg_begin(),
|
|
|
|
AEnd = Construct->arg_end();
|
|
|
|
A != AEnd; ++A)
|
2010-10-26 15:05:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(*A);
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Take the converted initializer.
|
|
|
|
ConvertedConstructorArgs.push_back(FullInit.release());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// No initialization required.
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-16 09:38:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// Take the converted arguments and use them for the new expression.
|
|
|
|
NumConsArgs = ConvertedConstructorArgs.size();
|
|
|
|
ConsArgs = (Expr **)ConvertedConstructorArgs.take();
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
|
|
|
|
if (OperatorNew)
|
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
|
|
|
|
if (OperatorDelete)
|
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-14 04:12:57 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x [expr.new]p17:
|
|
|
|
// If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
|
|
|
|
// access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
|
|
|
|
if (ArraySize && Constructor) {
|
|
|
|
if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(Constructor->getParent())) {
|
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
|
|
|
|
CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
|
|
|
|
<< Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
PlacementArgs.release();
|
|
|
|
ConstructorArgs.release();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-12 06:51:03 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew,
|
2010-07-13 23:54:32 +08:00
|
|
|
PlaceArgs, NumPlaceArgs, TypeIdParens,
|
2010-02-12 06:51:03 +08:00
|
|
|
ArraySize, Constructor, Init,
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ConsArgs, NumConsArgs,
|
|
|
|
HadMultipleCandidates,
|
|
|
|
OperatorDelete,
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
|
2010-09-08 05:49:58 +08:00
|
|
|
ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
|
|
|
|
StartLoc,
|
2010-02-12 06:51:03 +08:00
|
|
|
Init ? ConstructorRParen :
|
2010-10-25 16:47:36 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeRange.getEnd(),
|
|
|
|
ConstructorLParen, ConstructorRParen));
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// CheckAllocatedType - Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
|
|
|
|
/// in a new-expression.
|
|
|
|
/// dimension off and stores the size expression in ArraySize.
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceRange R) {
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
|
|
|
|
// abstract class type or array thereof.
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType << 0 << R;
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType << 1 << R;
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType,
|
2009-08-27 07:45:07 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_new_incomplete_type)
|
|
|
|
<< R))
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-05-21 08:00:09 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2010-10-07 00:00:31 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
|
|
|
|
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType;
|
2011-04-16 03:46:20 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
|
|
|
|
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
|
|
|
|
<< AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
|
|
|
|
if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
|
|
|
|
QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
|
|
|
|
if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
|
|
|
|
BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
|
2011-06-24 08:08:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
<< BaseAllocType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-16 03:46:20 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
|
|
|
|
/// deallocation function.
|
|
|
|
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(FunctionDecl *FD) {
|
|
|
|
if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
|
|
|
|
return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return ((FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
|
|
|
|
FD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
|
|
|
|
FD->getNumParams() == 1);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
|
|
|
|
/// that are appropriate for the allocation.
|
2009-02-10 02:24:27 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
|
|
|
|
bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
|
|
|
|
bool IsArray, Expr **PlaceArgs,
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumPlaceArgs,
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
// --- Choosing an allocation function ---
|
|
|
|
// C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
|
|
|
|
// 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
|
|
|
|
// in the scope of the allocated class.
|
|
|
|
// 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
|
|
|
|
// operator new.
|
|
|
|
// 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
|
|
|
|
// placement form.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + NumPlaceArgs);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
// We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
|
|
|
|
// tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
|
2010-08-28 17:06:06 +08:00
|
|
|
IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
|
2011-09-02 08:18:52 +08:00
|
|
|
Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Context.getSizeType(),
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
|
|
|
AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
std::copy(PlaceArgs, PlaceArgs + NumPlaceArgs, AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.new]p8:
|
|
|
|
// If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
|
|
|
|
// deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
|
|
|
|
IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
|
|
|
|
IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-26 07:14:56 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *Record
|
2010-08-26 07:14:56 +08:00
|
|
|
= cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
|
2009-02-10 02:24:27 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
AllocArgs.size(), Record, /*AllowMissing=*/true,
|
|
|
|
OperatorNew))
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!OperatorNew) {
|
|
|
|
// Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
|
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
2009-02-10 02:24:27 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, &AllocArgs[0],
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
AllocArgs.size(), TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
|
|
|
|
OperatorNew))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-20 10:18:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
|
|
|
|
// -fno-exceptions.
|
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().Exceptions) {
|
|
|
|
OperatorDelete = 0;
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-06-01 04:26:12 +08:00
|
|
|
// FindAllocationOverload can change the passed in arguments, so we need to
|
|
|
|
// copy them back.
|
|
|
|
if (NumPlaceArgs > 0)
|
|
|
|
std::copy(&AllocArgs[1], AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs);
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.new]p19:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
|
|
|
|
// the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
|
2011-01-27 15:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
// deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
2010-08-26 07:14:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD
|
2010-08-26 07:14:56 +08:00
|
|
|
= cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-03-18 16:19:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
|
|
|
|
return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
|
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
|
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-15 05:34:24 +08:00
|
|
|
// Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
|
|
|
|
// by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
|
|
|
|
// we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
|
|
|
|
// struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
|
|
|
|
// A *a = new A()
|
|
|
|
bool isPlacementNew = (NumPlaceArgs > 0 || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (isPlacementNew) {
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.new]p20:
|
|
|
|
// A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
|
|
|
|
// declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
|
|
|
|
// same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
|
|
|
|
// (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
|
|
|
|
// identical. [...]
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
|
|
|
|
// the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
|
|
|
|
// for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *Proto
|
|
|
|
= OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumArgs(); I < N; ++I)
|
|
|
|
ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getArgType(I));
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
|
|
|
|
EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
ExpectedFunctionType
|
|
|
|
= Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes.data(),
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
|
|
|
|
D != DEnd; ++D) {
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *Fn = 0;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
= dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
|
|
|
|
// Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
|
|
|
|
// expected function type.
|
|
|
|
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context, StartLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, 0, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, Info))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.new]p20:
|
|
|
|
// [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
|
|
|
|
// non-placement allocation function. [...]
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
|
|
|
|
D != DEnd; ++D) {
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
|
|
|
|
if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Fn))
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.new]p20:
|
|
|
|
// [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
|
|
|
|
// function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
|
|
|
|
// deallocation function will be called.
|
|
|
|
if (Matches.size() == 1) {
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [expr.new]p20:
|
|
|
|
// If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
|
|
|
|
// deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
|
|
|
|
// as a placement deallocation function, would have been
|
|
|
|
// selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
|
|
|
|
// is ill-formed.
|
|
|
|
if (NumPlaceArgs && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
|
|
|
|
isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(OperatorDelete)) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
<< SourceRange(PlaceArgs[0]->getLocStart(),
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
PlaceArgs[NumPlaceArgs - 1]->getLocEnd());
|
|
|
|
Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
|
|
|
|
<< DeleteName;
|
2010-03-18 16:19:33 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
Matches[0].first);
|
2010-02-26 13:06:18 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
/// FindAllocationOverload - Find an fitting overload for the allocation
|
|
|
|
/// function in the specified scope.
|
2009-02-10 02:24:27 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args,
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx,
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
|
|
|
|
bool Diagnose) {
|
2009-11-17 10:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
|
2009-10-10 05:13:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (R.empty()) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
|
2009-02-17 15:29:20 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Name << Range;
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-18 16:19:33 +08:00
|
|
|
if (R.isAmbiguous())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R.suppressDiagnostics();
|
2009-10-10 05:13:30 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-09 07:07:23 +08:00
|
|
|
OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
|
2009-09-30 08:03:47 +08:00
|
|
|
Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
|
2008-12-23 08:26:44 +08:00
|
|
|
// Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
|
|
|
|
// static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
|
|
|
|
AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/0, Args, NumArgs,
|
|
|
|
Candidates,
|
|
|
|
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
|
2009-09-30 02:16:17 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-03-19 15:35:19 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
|
|
|
|
AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, NumArgs, Candidates,
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
// Do the resolution.
|
|
|
|
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
|
2010-08-25 04:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_Success: {
|
|
|
|
// Got one!
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
|
2011-02-26 03:41:05 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, FnDecl);
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
// The first argument is size_t, and the first parameter must be size_t,
|
|
|
|
// too. This is checked on declaration and can be assumed. (It can't be
|
|
|
|
// asserted on, though, since invalid decls are left in there.)
|
2010-03-18 16:19:33 +08:00
|
|
|
// Watch out for variadic allocator function.
|
2009-11-25 02:29:37 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned NumArgsInFnDecl = FnDecl->getNumParams();
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; (i < NumArgs && i < NumArgsInFnDecl); ++i) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
|
|
|
|
FnDecl->getParamDecl(i));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!Diagnose && !CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, Owned(Args[i])))
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Result
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
= PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Owned(Args[i]));
|
2010-03-27 04:35:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid())
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:35:59 +08:00
|
|
|
Args[i] = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Operator = FnDecl;
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), Best->FoundDecl,
|
|
|
|
Diagnose);
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
|
|
|
|
<< Name << Range;
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case OR_Ambiguous:
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
|
|
|
|
<< Name << Range;
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-02-19 05:56:37 +08:00
|
|
|
|
Implement a new 'availability' attribute, that allows one to specify
which versions of an OS provide a certain facility. For example,
void foo()
__attribute__((availability(macosx,introduced=10.2,deprecated=10.4,obsoleted=10.6)));
says that the function "foo" was introduced in 10.2, deprecated in
10.4, and completely obsoleted in 10.6. This attribute ties in with
the deployment targets (e.g., -mmacosx-version-min=10.1 specifies that
we want to deploy back to Mac OS X 10.1). There are several concrete
behaviors that this attribute enables, as illustrated with the
function foo() above:
- If we choose a deployment target >= Mac OS X 10.4, uses of "foo"
will result in a deprecation warning, as if we had placed
attribute((deprecated)) on it (but with a better diagnostic)
- If we choose a deployment target >= Mac OS X 10.6, uses of "foo"
will result in an "unavailable" warning (in C)/error (in C++), as
if we had placed attribute((unavailable)) on it
- If we choose a deployment target prior to 10.2, foo() is
weak-imported (if it is a kind of entity that can be weak
imported), as if we had placed the weak_import attribute on it.
Naturally, there can be multiple availability attributes on a
declaration, for different platforms; only the current platform
matters when checking availability attributes.
The only platforms this attribute currently works for are "ios" and
"macosx", since we already have -mxxxx-version-min flags for them and we
have experience there with macro tricks translating down to the
deprecated/unavailable/weak_import attributes. The end goal is to open
this up to other platforms, and even extension to other "platforms"
that are really libraries (say, through a #pragma clang
define_system), but that hasn't yet been designed and we may want to
shake out more issues with this narrower problem first.
Addresses <rdar://problem/6690412>.
As a drive-by bug-fix, if an entity is both deprecated and
unavailable, we only emit the "unavailable" diagnostic.
llvm-svn: 128127
2011-03-23 08:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_Deleted: {
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
|
|
|
|
<< Best->Function->isDeleted()
|
|
|
|
<< Name
|
|
|
|
<< getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
|
|
|
|
<< Range;
|
2011-06-08 18:26:03 +08:00
|
|
|
Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, NumArgs);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-19 05:56:37 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
Implement a new 'availability' attribute, that allows one to specify
which versions of an OS provide a certain facility. For example,
void foo()
__attribute__((availability(macosx,introduced=10.2,deprecated=10.4,obsoleted=10.6)));
says that the function "foo" was introduced in 10.2, deprecated in
10.4, and completely obsoleted in 10.6. This attribute ties in with
the deployment targets (e.g., -mmacosx-version-min=10.1 specifies that
we want to deploy back to Mac OS X 10.1). There are several concrete
behaviors that this attribute enables, as illustrated with the
function foo() above:
- If we choose a deployment target >= Mac OS X 10.4, uses of "foo"
will result in a deprecation warning, as if we had placed
attribute((deprecated)) on it (but with a better diagnostic)
- If we choose a deployment target >= Mac OS X 10.6, uses of "foo"
will result in an "unavailable" warning (in C)/error (in C++), as
if we had placed attribute((unavailable)) on it
- If we choose a deployment target prior to 10.2, foo() is
weak-imported (if it is a kind of entity that can be weak
imported), as if we had placed the weak_import attribute on it.
Naturally, there can be multiple availability attributes on a
declaration, for different platforms; only the current platform
matters when checking availability attributes.
The only platforms this attribute currently works for are "ios" and
"macosx", since we already have -mxxxx-version-min flags for them and we
have experience there with macro tricks translating down to the
deprecated/unavailable/weak_import attributes. The end goal is to open
this up to other platforms, and even extension to other "platforms"
that are really libraries (say, through a #pragma clang
define_system), but that hasn't yet been designed and we may want to
shake out more issues with this narrower problem first.
Addresses <rdar://problem/6690412>.
As a drive-by bug-fix, if an entity is both deprecated and
unavailable, we only emit the "unavailable" diagnostic.
llvm-svn: 128127
2011-03-23 08:50:03 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-12-05 06:20:51 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
|
|
|
|
/// delete. These are:
|
|
|
|
/// @code
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
/// // C++03:
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
|
|
|
|
/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
|
|
|
|
/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
|
|
|
|
/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
/// // C++0x:
|
|
|
|
/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
|
|
|
|
/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
|
|
|
|
/// void operator delete(void *);
|
|
|
|
/// void operator delete[](void *);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/// @endcode
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
/// C++0x operator delete is implicitly noexcept.
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
|
|
|
|
/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
|
|
|
|
// implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// program
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++03:
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
|
|
|
|
// void operator delete(void*) throw();
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// void operator delete[](void*) throw();
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x:
|
|
|
|
// void* operator new(std::size_t);
|
|
|
|
// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
|
|
|
|
// void operator delete(void*);
|
|
|
|
// void operator delete[](void*);
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
|
|
|
|
// "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
|
|
|
|
// However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
|
|
|
|
// lookup.
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
// Note that the C++0x versions of operator delete are deallocation functions,
|
|
|
|
// and thus are implicitly noexcept.
|
|
|
|
if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
// The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
|
|
|
|
// implicitly.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
|
|
|
|
getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
|
2011-03-09 22:09:51 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
&PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
|
2011-03-09 22:09:51 +08:00
|
|
|
0);
|
2010-08-02 15:14:54 +08:00
|
|
|
getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
|
|
|
|
QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
|
2009-12-17 00:59:22 +08:00
|
|
|
bool AssumeSaneOperatorNew = getLangOptions().AssumeSaneOperatorNew;
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
|
|
|
|
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
|
2009-12-17 00:59:22 +08:00
|
|
|
VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
|
|
|
|
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
|
2009-12-17 00:59:22 +08:00
|
|
|
VoidPtr, SizeT, AssumeSaneOperatorNew);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
|
|
|
|
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
|
|
|
|
Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
|
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
|
|
|
|
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
|
|
|
|
Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
|
|
|
|
/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
|
|
|
|
void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
|
2009-12-17 00:59:22 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Return, QualType Argument,
|
|
|
|
bool AddMallocAttr) {
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check if this function is already declared.
|
2008-12-24 05:05:05 +08:00
|
|
|
{
|
2008-12-24 06:05:29 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc, AllocEnd;
|
2009-06-30 10:36:12 +08:00
|
|
|
for (llvm::tie(Alloc, AllocEnd) = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
|
2008-12-24 05:05:05 +08:00
|
|
|
Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
// Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
|
|
|
|
// non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
|
|
|
|
if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
|
|
|
|
QualType InitialParamType =
|
2009-12-23 07:42:49 +08:00
|
|
|
Context.getCanonicalType(
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
Func->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
|
2010-08-18 23:06:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Func->getNumParams() == 1 && InitialParamType == Argument) {
|
|
|
|
if(AddMallocAttr && !Func->hasAttr<MallocAttr>())
|
2010-08-19 07:23:40 +08:00
|
|
|
Func->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2010-08-18 23:06:25 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-03 19:02:14 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType BadAllocType;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
= (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
|
|
|
|
Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
|
2010-08-02 15:14:54 +08:00
|
|
|
BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
|
2009-09-16 06:30:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
|
|
|
|
if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) {
|
|
|
|
EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_Dynamic;
|
|
|
|
EPI.NumExceptions = 1;
|
|
|
|
EPI.Exceptions = &BadAllocType;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-03-12 19:50:43 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2011-03-15 02:08:30 +08:00
|
|
|
EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ?
|
|
|
|
EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-12-14 16:05:40 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, &Argument, 1, EPI);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *Alloc =
|
2011-03-08 16:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation(), Name,
|
2010-08-26 11:08:43 +08:00
|
|
|
FnType, /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None,
|
|
|
|
SC_None, false, true);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
Alloc->setImplicit();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-17 00:59:22 +08:00
|
|
|
if (AddMallocAttr)
|
2010-08-19 07:23:40 +08:00
|
|
|
Alloc->addAttr(::new (Context) MallocAttr(SourceLocation(), Context));
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
|
2011-03-08 16:55:46 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation(), 0,
|
|
|
|
Argument, /*TInfo=*/0,
|
|
|
|
SC_None, SC_None, 0);
|
2011-09-22 02:16:56 +08:00
|
|
|
Alloc->setParams(Param);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-12-24 05:05:05 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: Also add this declaration to the IdentifierResolver, but
|
|
|
|
// make sure it is at the end of the chain to coincide with the
|
|
|
|
// global scope.
|
2010-08-24 16:50:51 +08:00
|
|
|
Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
|
2008-12-04 04:26:15 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName Name,
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
|
2009-11-17 10:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
// Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
|
2009-11-17 10:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-17 10:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Found.isAmbiguous())
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-06-28 08:30:51 +08:00
|
|
|
Found.suppressDiagnostics();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
|
|
|
|
F != FEnd; ++F) {
|
2010-08-08 15:04:00 +08:00
|
|
|
NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
|
|
|
|
// deallocation function.
|
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
|
2010-08-04 08:31:26 +08:00
|
|
|
Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it.
|
|
|
|
if (Matches.size() == 1) {
|
|
|
|
Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
|
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
|
|
|
|
Diag(Operator->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-04 08:31:26 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
Matches[0], Diagnose);
|
2010-08-04 08:31:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
|
|
|
|
} else if (!Matches.empty()) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
|
|
|
|
<< Name << RD;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
|
2011-05-13 06:46:25 +08:00
|
|
|
F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
|
|
|
|
Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
|
|
diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-08-04 08:31:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
|
|
|
|
// none of them were suitable.
|
|
|
|
if (!Found.empty()) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Diagnose) {
|
2011-05-13 06:46:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
|
|
|
|
<< Name << RD;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
|
|
|
|
F != FEnd; ++F)
|
|
|
|
Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
|
|
|
|
diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Look for a global declaration.
|
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr Null(Context.VoidPtrTy, SourceLocation());
|
|
|
|
Expr* DeallocArgs[1];
|
|
|
|
DeallocArgs[0] = &Null;
|
|
|
|
if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Name,
|
2011-05-13 06:46:29 +08:00
|
|
|
DeallocArgs, 1, TUDecl, !Diagnose,
|
|
|
|
Operator, Diagnose))
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(Operator && "Did not find a deallocation function!");
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
|
|
|
|
/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
|
|
|
|
/// or
|
|
|
|
/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.delete]p1:
|
|
|
|
// The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
|
|
|
|
// conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type void.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
// DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Ex = Owned(ExE);
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = 0;
|
2010-09-14 04:15:54 +08:00
|
|
|
bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
|
|
|
|
QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *Record = Type->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Type,
|
2010-07-29 22:44:35 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type)))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<CXXConversionDecl*, 4> ObjectPtrConversions;
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-12 05:44:33 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
const UnresolvedSetImpl *Conversions = RD->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
|
2010-01-20 08:46:10 +08:00
|
|
|
for (UnresolvedSetImpl::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
|
2009-11-21 16:51:07 +08:00
|
|
|
E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
NamedDecl *D = I.getDecl();
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
|
|
|
|
D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't considered.
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
|
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
|
2010-08-05 10:49:48 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
|
2009-09-16 06:15:23 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjectPtrConversions.push_back(Conv);
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-16 06:15:23 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() == 1) {
|
|
|
|
// We have a single conversion to a pointer-to-object type. Perform
|
|
|
|
// that conversion.
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
// TODO: don't redo the conversion calculation.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Res =
|
|
|
|
PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(),
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjectPtrConversions.front()->getConversionType(),
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
AA_Converting);
|
|
|
|
if (Res.isUsable()) {
|
|
|
|
Ex = move(Res);
|
|
|
|
Type = Ex.get()->getType();
|
2009-09-16 06:15:23 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (ObjectPtrConversions.size() > 1) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2010-03-31 09:36:47 +08:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i= 0; i < ObjectPtrConversions.size(); i++)
|
|
|
|
NoteOverloadCandidate(ObjectPtrConversions[i]);
|
2009-09-16 06:15:23 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-09-10 07:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Type->isPointerType())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-07-30 05:53:49 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
|
|
|
|
return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
|
|
|
|
diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
|
|
|
|
<< Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = 0;
|
2010-05-25 01:01:56 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
|
2010-05-25 01:01:56 +08:00
|
|
|
// effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
|
|
|
|
// this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::warn_delete_incomplete)
|
|
|
|
<< Ex.get()->getSourceRange())) {
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
|
|
PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-16 23:42:13 +08:00
|
|
|
// Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
|
|
|
|
Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.take());
|
|
|
|
|
2009-09-30 05:38:53 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.delete]p2:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// [Note: a pointer to a const type can be the operand of a
|
|
|
|
// delete-expression; it is not necessary to cast away the constness
|
|
|
|
// (5.2.11) of the pointer expression before it is used as the operand
|
2009-09-30 05:38:53 +08:00
|
|
|
// of the delete-expression. ]
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameType(Ex.get()->getType(), Context.VoidPtrTy))
|
2011-11-16 23:42:13 +08:00
|
|
|
Ex = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Context.VoidPtrTy,
|
|
|
|
CK_BitCast, Ex.take(), 0, VK_RValue));
|
2010-09-14 04:15:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
|
2010-09-14 04:15:54 +08:00
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(PP.getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
|
|
|
|
ArrayForm = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
|
|
|
|
ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (PointeeRD) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!UseGlobal &&
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
|
|
|
|
OperatorDelete))
|
2009-11-16 00:43:15 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
|
|
|
|
// usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
|
|
|
|
if (ArrayForm) {
|
|
|
|
// If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
|
|
|
|
// we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
|
|
|
|
if (UseGlobal)
|
|
|
|
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
|
|
|
|
doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
|
|
|
|
// function we just found.
|
|
|
|
else if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
|
|
|
|
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!PointeeRD->hasTrivialDestructor())
|
|
|
|
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc,
|
2009-09-04 07:18:17 +08:00
|
|
|
const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
|
2010-10-13 07:32:35 +08:00
|
|
|
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-25 03:53:26 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.delete]p3:
|
|
|
|
// In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
|
|
|
|
// object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
|
|
|
|
// type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
|
|
|
|
// deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
|
|
|
|
// behavior is undefined.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
|
2011-07-27 07:27:24 +08:00
|
|
|
if (PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() && !PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) {
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = PointeeRD->getDestructor();
|
2011-07-27 07:27:24 +08:00
|
|
|
if (dtor && !dtor->isVirtual()) {
|
|
|
|
if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
|
|
|
|
// If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
|
|
|
|
// sure the code has undefined behavior.
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor)
|
|
|
|
<< PointeeElem;
|
|
|
|
} else if (!ArrayForm) {
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
|
|
|
|
// but not necessarily wrong.
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << PointeeElem;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-25 03:53:26 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
|
|
|
|
PointeeElem->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
|
|
|
|
(PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
|
|
|
|
PointeeElem.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) &&
|
|
|
|
ArrayForm) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_err_new_delete_object_array)
|
|
|
|
<< 1 << PointeeElem;
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!OperatorDelete) {
|
2009-11-16 02:45:20 +08:00
|
|
|
// Look for a global declaration.
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
|
|
|
|
DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Arg = Ex.get();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, SourceRange(), DeleteName,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
&Arg, 1, TUDecl, /*AllowMissing=*/false,
|
2009-08-17 04:29:29 +08:00
|
|
|
OperatorDelete))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-20 10:18:25 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-01 23:50:11 +08:00
|
|
|
// Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
|
2011-07-27 06:25:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (PointeeRD) {
|
|
|
|
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
|
2011-02-01 23:50:11 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-02-26 22:39:58 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-03-16 01:47:39 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm,
|
2011-01-27 17:37:56 +08:00
|
|
|
ArrayFormAsWritten,
|
|
|
|
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
OperatorDelete, Ex.take(), StartLoc));
|
2008-11-22 03:14:01 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
|
|
|
|
/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation StmtLoc,
|
|
|
|
bool ConvertToBoolean) {
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [stmt.select]p2:
|
|
|
|
// The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
|
|
|
|
if (T->isFunctionType())
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
|
|
|
|
<< ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
|
|
|
|
else if (T->isArrayType())
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
|
|
|
|
<< ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
|
2009-11-25 00:07:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Condition =
|
|
|
|
Owned(DeclRefExpr::Create(Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
|
2011-03-01 05:54:11 +08:00
|
|
|
ConditionVar,
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ConditionVar->getLocation(),
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
VK_LValue));
|
|
|
|
if (ConvertToBoolean) {
|
|
|
|
Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.take(), StmtLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (Condition.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return move(Condition);
|
2009-11-24 07:44:04 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-09-10 10:17:11 +08:00
|
|
|
/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
|
2008-09-10 10:17:11 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ 6.4p4:
|
|
|
|
// The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
|
|
|
|
// other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
|
|
|
|
// implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
|
|
|
|
// program is ill-formed.
|
|
|
|
// The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
|
|
|
|
// expression, implicitly converted to bool.
|
|
|
|
//
|
2009-01-14 23:45:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
|
2008-09-10 10:17:11 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-09-12 08:47:35 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
|
|
|
|
/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
|
|
|
|
/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
|
|
|
|
/// respectively).
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
bool
|
2008-09-12 08:47:35 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
|
|
|
|
// Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
|
|
|
|
if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
|
|
|
|
From = Cast->getSubExpr();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
|
|
|
|
// be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
|
|
|
|
// string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
|
|
|
|
// to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
|
2010-06-23 07:47:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
|
2009-07-30 05:53:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
|
2009-09-22 07:43:11 +08:00
|
|
|
= ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
|
2008-09-12 08:47:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// This conversion is considered only when there is an
|
|
|
|
// explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
|
2011-07-27 13:40:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
|
|
|
|
switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
|
|
|
|
case StringLiteral::UTF8:
|
|
|
|
case StringLiteral::UTF16:
|
|
|
|
case StringLiteral::UTF32:
|
|
|
|
// We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case StringLiteral::Ascii:
|
|
|
|
return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
|
|
|
|
ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
|
|
|
|
case StringLiteral::Wide:
|
|
|
|
return ToPointeeType->isWideCharType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-09-12 08:47:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation CastLoc,
|
|
|
|
QualType Ty,
|
|
|
|
CastKind Kind,
|
|
|
|
CXXMethodDecl *Method,
|
2011-09-21 16:36:56 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
bool HadMultipleCandidates,
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *From) {
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (Kind) {
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
|
2011-10-11 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(S);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-11 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor,
|
2010-08-27 07:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
MultiExprArg(&From, 1),
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
|
2010-08-27 07:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-11 06:41:00 +08:00
|
|
|
S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, Constructor->getAccess(),
|
|
|
|
S.PDiag(diag::err_access_ctor));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Result
|
|
|
|
= S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
|
|
|
|
move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
|
|
|
|
HadMultipleCandidates, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
|
|
|
|
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid())
|
2010-08-27 07:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.takeAs<Expr>());
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Method,
|
|
|
|
HadMultipleCandidates);
|
2011-01-20 08:18:04 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-11-17 06:46:05 +08:00
|
|
|
// Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
|
|
|
|
Result = S.Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context,
|
|
|
|
Result.get()->getType(),
|
|
|
|
CK_UserDefinedConversion,
|
|
|
|
Result.get(), 0,
|
|
|
|
Result.get()->getValueKind()));
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-09-21 16:36:56 +08:00
|
|
|
S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ 0, FoundDecl);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-20 08:18:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-01-14 23:45:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
|
|
|
|
/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
|
2009-12-16 11:45:30 +08:00
|
|
|
/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
|
2009-01-14 23:45:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/// used in the error message.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
|
2009-01-14 23:45:31 +08:00
|
|
|
const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
AssignmentAction Action,
|
|
|
|
CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
|
2010-01-12 08:44:57 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (ICS.getKind()) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
|
|
|
|
Action, CCK);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Res.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
From = Res.take();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-15 14:28:28 +08:00
|
|
|
case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-29 06:04:50 +08:00
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind CastKind;
|
2009-09-15 14:28:28 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType BeforeToType;
|
2011-11-01 23:53:09 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(FD && "FIXME: aggregate initialization from init list");
|
2009-09-15 14:28:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-15 14:28:28 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
|
|
|
|
// the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
|
|
|
|
// the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
|
|
|
|
BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
|
2010-12-04 17:57:16 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
|
2010-08-25 19:45:40 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
|
2009-11-06 08:23:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
|
2009-11-20 10:31:03 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
|
2009-11-06 08:23:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to the
|
|
|
|
// type required by the argument of the constructor
|
2009-11-20 10:31:03 +08:00
|
|
|
BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-12-03 05:47:04 +08:00
|
|
|
// Watch out for elipsis conversion.
|
2009-11-06 08:55:14 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Res =
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
|
|
|
|
ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
|
|
|
|
CCK);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Res.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
From = Res.take();
|
2009-11-06 08:23:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult CastArg
|
2010-04-17 06:17:36 +08:00
|
|
|
= BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
|
|
|
|
From->getLocStart(),
|
2009-09-10 05:33:21 +08:00
|
|
|
ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
|
2011-01-20 09:32:05 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
|
|
|
|
ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
From);
|
2009-09-10 05:33:21 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (CastArg.isInvalid())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-11-27 12:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
From = CastArg.take();
|
2009-11-27 12:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
|
|
|
|
AA_Converting, CCK);
|
2009-10-17 03:20:59 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-12 08:44:57 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
|
2010-08-25 04:38:10 +08:00
|
|
|
ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
|
2010-01-12 08:44:57 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
|
|
|
|
<< From->getSourceRange());
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Everything went well.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(From);
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
|
2008-12-20 01:40:08 +08:00
|
|
|
/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
|
|
|
|
/// conversion, for use in error messages.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
|
2008-12-20 01:40:08 +08:00
|
|
|
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
AssignmentAction Action,
|
|
|
|
CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
|
|
|
|
bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
|
|
|
|
// much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
|
|
|
|
// information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
|
|
|
|
// so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType FromType = From->getType();
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-04 03:09:14 +08:00
|
|
|
if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
|
2009-05-19 12:45:15 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
|
|
|
|
assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
|
2009-09-26 02:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTOwningVector<Expr*> ConstructorArgs(*this);
|
2009-09-26 02:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
|
2009-09-26 02:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
ConstructorArgs))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
|
|
|
|
move_arg(ConstructorArgs),
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
/*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/*ZeroInit*/ false,
|
|
|
|
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
|
|
|
|
SourceRange());
|
2009-09-26 02:59:21 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildCXXConstructExpr(/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor,
|
|
|
|
MultiExprArg(*this, &From, 1),
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
/*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
/*ZeroInit*/ false,
|
|
|
|
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete,
|
|
|
|
SourceRange());
|
2008-11-04 03:09:14 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-30 02:24:40 +08:00
|
|
|
// Resolve overloaded function references.
|
|
|
|
if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
|
|
|
|
DeclAccessPair Found;
|
|
|
|
FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
|
|
|
|
true, Found);
|
|
|
|
if (!Fn)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2010-04-30 02:24:40 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getSourceRange().getBegin()))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-30 02:24:40 +08:00
|
|
|
From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
|
|
|
|
FromType = From->getType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
// Perform the first implicit conversion.
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (SCS.First) {
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Identity:
|
|
|
|
// Nothing to do.
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
|
2011-10-26 01:37:35 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
|
|
|
|
From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_LValueToRValue,
|
|
|
|
From, 0, VK_RValue);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
|
2009-02-19 05:56:37 +08:00
|
|
|
FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-02-19 05:56:37 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
// Perform the second implicit conversion
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (SCS.Second) {
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Identity:
|
2009-10-10 20:04:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
|
|
|
|
// be incompatible exception declarations.
|
|
|
|
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-10-10 20:04:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// Nothing else to do.
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-09 08:47:37 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
|
|
|
|
// If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
|
|
|
|
// be incompatible exception declarations.
|
|
|
|
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-12-09 08:47:37 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
|
|
|
|
QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
CastKind CK;
|
|
|
|
if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
|
|
|
|
CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
|
|
|
|
} else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
|
|
|
|
CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Floating_Integral:
|
2010-06-23 07:07:26 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
Initial implementation of function overloading in C.
This commit adds a new attribute, "overloadable", that enables C++
function overloading in C. The attribute can only be added to function
declarations, e.g.,
int *f(int) __attribute__((overloadable));
If the "overloadable" attribute exists on a function with a given
name, *all* functions with that name (and in that scope) must have the
"overloadable" attribute. Sets of overloaded functions with the
"overloadable" attribute then follow the normal C++ rules for
overloaded functions, e.g., overloads must have different
parameter-type-lists from each other.
When calling an overloaded function in C, we follow the same
overloading rules as C++, with three extensions to the set of standard
conversions:
- A value of a given struct or union type T can be converted to the
type T. This is just the identity conversion. (In C++, this would
go through a copy constructor).
- A value of pointer type T* can be converted to a value of type U*
if T and U are compatible types. This conversion has Conversion
rank (it's considered a pointer conversion in C).
- A value of type T can be converted to a value of type U if T and U
are compatible (and are not both pointer types). This conversion
has Conversion rank (it's considered to be a new kind of
conversion unique to C, a "compatible" conversion).
Known defects (and, therefore, next steps):
1) The standard-conversion handling does not understand conversions
involving _Complex or vector extensions, so it is likely to get
these wrong. We need to add these conversions.
2) All overloadable functions with the same name will have the same
linkage name, which means we'll get a collision in the linker (if
not sooner). We'll need to mangle the names of these functions.
llvm-svn: 64336
2009-02-12 07:02:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
|
2009-09-12 12:46:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
|
2010-12-03 05:47:04 +08:00
|
|
|
if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
|
2008-12-20 01:40:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
|
2011-06-11 12:42:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
|
2011-03-22 03:08:42 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
|
|
diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
|
|
|
|
<< ToType << From->getType() << Action
|
2011-07-29 03:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
<< From->getSourceRange() << 0;
|
2011-03-22 03:08:42 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
|
|
diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
|
|
|
|
<< From->getType() << ToType << Action
|
2011-07-29 03:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
<< From->getSourceRange() << 0;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-11 09:09:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
|
|
|
|
ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
|
|
|
|
EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
|
2011-07-09 01:41:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
|
|
|
|
!CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
|
|
|
|
From->getType())) {
|
2011-09-09 14:12:06 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Action == AA_Initializing)
|
|
|
|
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
|
|
diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
|
|
|
diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
|
|
|
|
<< (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
|
|
|
|
<< From->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-07-09 01:41:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
|
2010-08-07 14:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXCastPath BasePath;
|
2011-01-27 08:58:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-09-10 09:16:55 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
|
|
|
|
if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult E = From;
|
|
|
|
(void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
|
|
|
|
From = E.take();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
|
|
|
|
.take();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2009-09-12 12:46:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-12 12:46:44 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
|
2010-08-07 14:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXCastPath BasePath;
|
2011-01-27 08:58:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-10-10 20:04:10 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
|
|
|
|
.take();
|
2009-09-12 12:46:44 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-07 17:26:19 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
|
2011-10-15 07:23:15 +08:00
|
|
|
// Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
|
|
|
|
if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
|
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
|
|
|
|
FromType = Context.FloatTy;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
|
|
|
|
ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
|
2010-08-07 14:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXCastPath BasePath;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
|
2009-11-06 09:02:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
|
|
|
|
From->getLocStart(),
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
From->getSourceRange(),
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
&BasePath,
|
2011-01-27 08:58:17 +08:00
|
|
|
CStyle))
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
|
|
|
|
CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
|
|
|
|
&BasePath, CCK).take();
|
2009-11-06 09:02:41 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
Rework when and how vtables are emitted, by tracking where vtables are
"used" (e.g., we will refer to the vtable in the generated code) and
when they are defined (i.e., because we've seen the key function
definition). Previously, we were effectively tracking "potential
definitions" rather than uses, so we were a bit too eager about emitting
vtables for classes without key functions.
The new scheme:
- For every use of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to indicate
the use. For example, this occurs when calling a virtual member
function of the class, defining a constructor of that class type,
dynamic_cast'ing from that type to a derived class, casting
to/through a virtual base class, etc.
- For every definition of a vtable, Sema calls MarkVTableUsed() to
indicate the definition. This happens at the end of the translation
unit for classes whose key function has been defined (so we can
delay computation of the key function; see PR6564), and will also
occur with explicit template instantiation definitions.
- For every vtable defined/used, we mark all of the virtual member
functions of that vtable as defined/used, unless we know that the key
function is in another translation unit. This instantiates virtual
member functions when needed.
- At the end of the translation unit, Sema tells CodeGen (via the
ASTConsumer) which vtables must be defined (CodeGen will define
them) and which may be used (for which CodeGen will define the
vtables lazily).
From a language perspective, both the old and the new schemes are
permissible: we're allowed to instantiate virtual member functions
whenever we want per the standard. However, all other C++ compilers
were more lazy than we were, and our eagerness was both a performance
issue (we instantiated too much) and a portability problem (we broke
Boost test cases, which now pass).
Notes:
(1) There's a ton of churn in the tests, because the order in which
vtables get emitted to IR has changed. I've tried to isolate some of
the larger tests from these issues.
(2) Some diagnostics related to
implicitly-instantiated/implicitly-defined virtual member functions
have moved to the point of first use/definition. It's better this
way.
(3) I could use a review of the places where we MarkVTableUsed, to
see if I missed any place where the language effectively requires a
vtable.
Fixes PR7114 and PR6564.
llvm-svn: 103718
2010-05-14 00:44:06 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Vector_Splat:
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_VectorSplat,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Complex_Real:
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
// Case 1. x -> _Complex y
|
|
|
|
if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
|
|
|
|
QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// x -> y
|
|
|
|
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
|
|
|
|
// do nothing
|
|
|
|
} else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// y -> _Complex y
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
|
|
|
|
: CK_IntegralRealToComplex).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Case 2. _Complex x -> y
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
|
|
|
|
assert(FromComplex);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// _Complex x -> x
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
|
|
|
|
: CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// x -> y
|
|
|
|
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
|
|
|
|
// do nothing
|
|
|
|
} else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
|
|
|
|
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-11-15 17:13:47 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-02-13 03:07:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-02-13 03:07:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-24 03:50:54 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult FromRes = Owned(From);
|
2011-03-24 03:50:54 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
|
|
|
|
if (FromRes.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
From = FromRes.take();
|
2011-03-24 03:50:54 +08:00
|
|
|
assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
|
|
|
|
"Improper transparent union conversion");
|
|
|
|
(void)ConvTy;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Qualification:
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (SCS.Third) {
|
|
|
|
case ICK_Identity:
|
|
|
|
// Nothing to do.
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-07-20 12:20:21 +08:00
|
|
|
case ICK_Qualification: {
|
|
|
|
// The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
|
|
|
|
// target type isn't a reference.
|
2010-08-25 18:28:54 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
|
2011-09-28 05:58:52 +08:00
|
|
|
From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
|
2011-11-30 06:48:16 +08:00
|
|
|
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
|
|
|
|
CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/0, CCK).take();
|
2010-03-01 02:30:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-03-15 00:13:32 +08:00
|
|
|
if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
|
|
|
|
!getLangOptions().WritableStrings)
|
2010-03-01 02:30:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
|
|
|
|
<< ToType.getNonReferenceType();
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2010-07-20 12:20:21 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
default:
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(From);
|
2008-10-24 12:54:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
|
2010-09-10 00:14:44 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
ParsedType Ty,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
|
|
|
|
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!TSInfo)
|
|
|
|
TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UTT, KWLoc, TSInfo, RParen);
|
2010-09-10 00:14:44 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
|
|
|
|
///
|
|
|
|
/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
|
|
|
|
/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
|
|
|
|
/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
|
|
|
|
/// returns true.
|
|
|
|
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S,
|
|
|
|
UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation Loc,
|
|
|
|
QualType ArgTy) {
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
|
|
|
|
// For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
|
|
|
|
// that template with a template argument that is a class template
|
|
|
|
// specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
|
|
|
|
// argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
|
|
|
|
// must be a complete type.
|
|
|
|
// We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
|
|
|
|
// these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
|
|
|
|
// in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
|
|
|
|
switch (UTT) {
|
|
|
|
// is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsCompleteType:
|
2011-05-02 03:18:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// Fall-through
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
|
|
|
|
// [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
|
|
|
|
// requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
|
|
|
|
// impacted by the completeness of the type.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsVoid:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsIntegral:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsArray:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPointer:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsEnum:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsUnion:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsClass:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFunction:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsReference:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsArithmetic:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFundamental:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsObject:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsScalar:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsCompound:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
|
2011-05-02 03:18:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// Fall-through
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
|
|
|
|
// which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
|
|
|
|
// the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
|
|
|
|
// so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
|
|
|
|
// Table 49.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsConst:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsVolatile:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsSigned:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsUnsigned:
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
|
2011-05-02 03:18:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// applied to a complete type.
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsTrivial:
|
2011-05-13 08:31:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPOD:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsLiteral:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsEmpty:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsAbstract:
|
2011-05-02 03:18:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// Fall-through
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-04 02:14:24 +08:00
|
|
|
// These traits require a complete type.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFinal:
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-02 03:18:02 +08:00
|
|
|
// These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
// [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
|
|
|
|
// by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
|
|
|
|
// type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
|
|
|
|
// requiring the complete type.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
|
2011-05-10 02:22:59 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
|
|
|
|
// Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
|
|
|
|
QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
|
|
|
|
if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
|
|
|
|
ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The void type is expressly allowed.
|
|
|
|
if (ElTy->isVoidType())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return !S.RequireCompleteType(
|
|
|
|
Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-01 15:23:17 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Type trait not handled by switch");
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
|
2011-05-01 16:41:10 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
|
|
|
|
switch(UTT) {
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
// Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
|
|
|
|
// predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsVoid:
|
|
|
|
return T->isVoidType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsIntegral:
|
|
|
|
return T->isIntegralType(C);
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
|
|
|
|
return T->isFloatingType();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsArray:
|
|
|
|
return T->isArrayType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPointer:
|
|
|
|
return T->isPointerType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
|
|
|
|
return T->isLValueReferenceType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
|
|
|
|
return T->isRValueReferenceType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
|
|
|
|
return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
|
|
|
|
return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsEnum:
|
|
|
|
return T->isEnumeralType();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsUnion:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isUnionType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsClass:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFunction:
|
|
|
|
return T->isFunctionType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
|
|
|
|
// predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsReference:
|
|
|
|
return T->isReferenceType();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsArithmetic:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFundamental:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isFundamentalType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsObject:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isObjectType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsScalar:
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
// Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
|
|
|
|
// considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
|
|
|
|
// like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
|
|
|
|
// operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
|
|
|
|
if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
|
|
|
|
switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
|
|
|
|
case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
|
|
|
|
case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
|
|
|
|
case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
|
|
|
|
case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 17:29:55 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isScalarType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsCompound:
|
2011-05-01 17:29:58 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isCompoundType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
|
|
|
|
return T->isMemberPointerType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
|
|
|
|
// in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsConst:
|
|
|
|
return T.isConstQualified();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsVolatile:
|
|
|
|
return T.isVolatileQualified();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsTrivial:
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return T.isTrivialType(Self.Context);
|
2011-05-13 08:31:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Self.Context);
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
|
2011-04-30 17:17:49 +08:00
|
|
|
return T->isStandardLayoutType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPOD:
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return T.isPODType(Self.Context);
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsLiteral:
|
|
|
|
return T->isLiteralType();
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsEmpty:
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
|
|
|
|
return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
|
|
|
|
return RD->isPolymorphic();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsAbstract:
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
|
|
|
|
return RD->isAbstract();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-12-04 02:14:24 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsFinal:
|
|
|
|
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
|
|
|
|
return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsSigned:
|
|
|
|
return T->isSignedIntegerType();
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_IsUnsigned:
|
|
|
|
return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
|
|
|
|
// destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
|
|
|
|
// related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
|
|
|
|
// GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
|
|
|
|
// specifications.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
|
|
|
|
// 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
|
2011-05-10 02:22:59 +08:00
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
|
|
|
|
// a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
|
|
|
|
// constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT =
|
|
|
|
C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
|
2011-05-10 02:22:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
|
|
|
|
// the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
|
|
|
|
// with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
|
|
|
|
// is true, else it is false.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
|
|
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
|
|
|
|
// trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
|
|
|
|
// trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
|
|
|
|
// a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
|
|
|
|
// true, else it is false.
|
|
|
|
// Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
|
|
|
|
// given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
|
|
|
|
// from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
|
|
|
|
// errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
|
|
|
|
// [class.copy]p12).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(Self.Context))
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
|
|
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
|
|
|
|
// then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
|
|
|
|
// type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
|
|
|
|
// ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
|
|
|
|
// false.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isReferenceType())
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
|
|
|
|
if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
|
|
|
|
T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT =
|
|
|
|
C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
|
|
|
|
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())->hasTrivialDestructor();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
|
|
|
|
// trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
|
|
|
|
// is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
|
|
|
|
// or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
|
|
|
|
// not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
|
|
|
|
// false.
|
|
|
|
if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (T->isReferenceType())
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(Self.Context) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
if (RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool FoundAssign = false;
|
|
|
|
DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
|
2010-09-15 07:40:14 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupResult Res(Self, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, KeyLoc),
|
|
|
|
Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
|
|
|
|
if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
|
2011-10-12 23:40:49 +08:00
|
|
|
Res.suppressDiagnostics();
|
2010-09-15 07:40:14 +08:00
|
|
|
for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
|
|
|
|
Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
|
2011-10-12 23:40:49 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-15 07:40:14 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
|
|
|
|
if (Operator->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
|
|
|
|
FoundAssign = true;
|
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *CPT
|
|
|
|
= Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-12 23:40:49 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return FoundAssign;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
|
|
|
|
// if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
|
|
|
|
// known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
|
|
|
|
// false.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
|
|
|
if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool FoundConstructor = false;
|
|
|
|
unsigned FoundTQs;
|
|
|
|
DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
|
2010-09-14 05:10:20 +08:00
|
|
|
for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
|
2010-09-14 06:18:28 +08:00
|
|
|
// A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
|
|
|
|
// resolution point.
|
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
|
|
|
|
if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
|
|
|
|
FoundConstructor = true;
|
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *CPT
|
|
|
|
= Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-03-12 19:50:43 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
|
2010-09-14 06:02:47 +08:00
|
|
|
// For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) || CPT->getNumArgs() > 1)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return FoundConstructor;
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
|
|
|
|
// true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
|
|
|
|
// thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
|
|
|
|
// throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
2011-05-10 02:22:59 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-14 06:02:47 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Con, ConEnd;
|
|
|
|
for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd) = Self.LookupConstructors(RD);
|
|
|
|
Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
|
2010-09-14 06:18:28 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
|
|
|
|
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con))
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
2010-09-14 06:02:47 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
|
|
|
|
if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
|
|
|
|
const FunctionProtoType *CPT
|
|
|
|
= Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
|
2011-06-12 01:19:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Delayed)
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2010-09-14 06:02:47 +08:00
|
|
|
// TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
|
|
|
|
// For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
|
2011-03-14 01:09:40 +08:00
|
|
|
return CPT->isNothrow(Self.Context) && CPT->getNumArgs() == 0;
|
2010-09-14 06:02:47 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
|
|
|
|
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
|
|
|
|
// If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
|
|
|
|
// then the trait is true, else it is false.
|
|
|
|
if (const RecordType *Record = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
|
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
|
2010-09-15 07:40:14 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return Destructor->isVirtual();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-05-01 14:11:07 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
|
|
|
|
// Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
|
|
|
|
// http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
|
|
|
|
case UTT_IsCompleteType:
|
|
|
|
// http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
|
|
|
|
// Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
|
|
|
|
// function call.
|
|
|
|
return !T->isIncompleteType();
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-01 15:44:17 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Type trait not covered by switch");
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait UTT,
|
2010-09-10 00:14:44 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
|
2011-04-30 18:07:32 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2009-01-06 04:52:13 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Value = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!T->isDependentType())
|
2011-05-01 14:51:22 +08:00
|
|
|
Value = EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(*this, UTT, KWLoc, T);
|
2010-09-14 04:56:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) UnaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, UTT, TSInfo, Value,
|
2009-07-08 03:06:02 +08:00
|
|
|
RParen, Context.BoolTy));
|
2009-01-06 04:52:13 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
ParsedType LhsTy,
|
|
|
|
ParsedType RhsTy,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo;
|
|
|
|
QualType LhsT = GetTypeFromParser(LhsTy, &LhsTSInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (!LhsTSInfo)
|
|
|
|
LhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(LhsT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo;
|
|
|
|
QualType RhsT = GetTypeFromParser(RhsTy, &RhsTSInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (!RhsTSInfo)
|
|
|
|
RhsTSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(RhsT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BTT, KWLoc, LhsTSInfo, RhsTSInfo, RParen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
|
|
|
|
QualType LhsT, QualType RhsT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
|
2011-05-01 16:41:10 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
|
|
|
|
"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch(BTT) {
|
2011-01-29 06:02:36 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x [meta.rel]p2
|
2011-01-29 06:02:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
|
|
|
|
// regard to cv-qualifiers.
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:02:36 +08:00
|
|
|
const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
|
|
if (!lhsRecord) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
|
|
if (!rhsRecord) return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
|
|
|
|
== (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
|
|
|
|
return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
|
|
|
|
// If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
|
|
|
|
// (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
|
|
|
|
// complete type.
|
|
|
|
if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
|
|
|
|
diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
|
|
|
|
->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsSame:
|
|
|
|
return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_TypeCompatible:
|
|
|
|
return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
|
|
|
|
RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsConvertible:
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
|
|
|
|
// C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
|
|
|
|
// Given the following function prototype:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// template <class T>
|
|
|
|
// typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// the predicate condition for a template specialization
|
|
|
|
// is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
|
|
|
|
// the return expression in the following code would be
|
|
|
|
// well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
|
|
|
|
// type of the function:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// To test() {
|
|
|
|
// return create<From>();
|
|
|
|
// }
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
|
|
|
|
// From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
|
|
|
|
// of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
|
|
|
|
// is considered.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
|
|
|
|
// of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
|
|
|
|
// return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
|
|
|
|
if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
|
|
|
|
LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
|
2011-01-28 10:26:04 +08:00
|
|
|
OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
|
|
|
|
Expr *FromPtr = &From;
|
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation()));
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-28 06:31:44 +08:00
|
|
|
// Perform the initialization within a SFINAE trap at translation unit
|
|
|
|
// scope.
|
|
|
|
Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
|
|
|
|
Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, &FromPtr, 1);
|
2011-06-05 20:23:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Init.Failed())
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-01-28 06:31:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, MultiExprArg(&FromPtr, 1));
|
|
|
|
return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *LhsTSInfo,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *RhsTSInfo,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
QualType LhsT = LhsTSInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
QualType RhsT = RhsTSInfo->getType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-29 06:02:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (BTT == BTT_TypeCompatible) {
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
|
|
|
|
<< SourceRange(KWLoc, RParen);
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool Value = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType())
|
|
|
|
Value = EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(*this, BTT, LhsT, RhsT, KWLoc);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
// Select trait result type.
|
|
|
|
QualType ResultType;
|
|
|
|
switch (BTT) {
|
|
|
|
case BTT_IsBaseOf: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
|
2011-04-28 07:09:49 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsConvertible: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
|
|
|
|
case BTT_IsSame: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_TypeCompatible: ResultType = Context.IntTy; break;
|
2011-01-28 04:28:01 +08:00
|
|
|
case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: ResultType = Context.BoolTy; break;
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) BinaryTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, BTT, LhsTSInfo,
|
|
|
|
RhsTSInfo, Value, RParen,
|
2010-12-09 06:35:30 +08:00
|
|
|
ResultType));
|
2010-12-07 08:08:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
ParsedType Ty,
|
|
|
|
Expr* DimExpr,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
|
|
|
|
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
|
|
|
|
if (!TSInfo)
|
|
|
|
TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
|
|
|
|
QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
|
2011-05-01 16:41:10 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch(ATT) {
|
|
|
|
case ATT_ArrayRank:
|
|
|
|
if (T->isArrayType()) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned Dim = 0;
|
|
|
|
while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
|
|
|
|
++Dim;
|
|
|
|
T = AT->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Dim;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
|
|
|
|
llvm::APSInt Value;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t Dim;
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DimExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Self.Context, 0, false)) {
|
|
|
|
if (Value < llvm::APSInt(Value.getBitWidth(), Value.isUnsigned())) {
|
|
|
|
Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
|
|
|
|
DimExpr->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) <<
|
|
|
|
DimExpr->getSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (T->isArrayType()) {
|
|
|
|
unsigned D = 0;
|
|
|
|
bool Matched = false;
|
|
|
|
while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
|
|
|
|
if (Dim == D) {
|
|
|
|
Matched = true;
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
++D;
|
|
|
|
T = AT->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
|
|
|
|
return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-04-28 10:06:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return 0;
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
|
|
|
|
Expr* DimExpr,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 16:48:21 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
|
|
|
|
// assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
|
2011-05-01 16:41:10 +08:00
|
|
|
uint64_t Value = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!T->isDependentType())
|
|
|
|
Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 16:48:21 +08:00
|
|
|
// While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
|
|
|
|
// compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
|
|
|
|
// returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
|
|
|
|
// compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
|
|
|
|
// important distinction.
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value,
|
2011-05-01 15:49:26 +08:00
|
|
|
DimExpr, RParen,
|
2011-05-01 16:48:21 +08:00
|
|
|
Context.getSizeType()));
|
2011-04-28 08:16:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
Expr *Queried,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
// If error parsing the expression, ignore.
|
|
|
|
if (!Queried)
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return move(Result);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
|
|
|
|
switch (ET) {
|
|
|
|
case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
|
|
|
|
case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation KWLoc,
|
|
|
|
Expr *Queried,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
|
|
|
|
// Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
|
|
|
|
} else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
|
|
|
|
if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.take(), RParen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
|
2011-05-01 16:48:19 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-01 15:44:20 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value,
|
|
|
|
RParen, Context.BoolTy));
|
2011-04-25 14:54:41 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprValueKind &VK,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation Loc,
|
|
|
|
bool isIndirect) {
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
|
|
|
|
!RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
|
2011-07-01 01:15:34 +08:00
|
|
|
"placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
|
|
|
|
if (isIndirect) {
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
|
|
|
|
if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
|
2011-07-01 01:15:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
|
|
|
|
if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
|
2011-07-01 01:15:34 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
|
|
|
|
// C++ 5.5p2
|
|
|
|
// The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
|
|
|
|
// be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
|
|
|
|
// class type) [...]
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
|
|
|
|
const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!MemPtr) {
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
<< OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-03-25 03:52:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-10-14 04:41:14 +08:00
|
|
|
// Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
|
|
|
|
// member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
|
|
|
|
// reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
|
|
|
|
// other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
|
|
|
|
// likely to be considered a defect.
|
2010-04-10 18:14:54 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ 5.5p2
|
|
|
|
// [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
|
|
|
|
// which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
|
|
|
|
// such a class]
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isIndirect) {
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
|
|
|
|
LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
else {
|
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
<< OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
|
2010-04-01 01:46:05 +08:00
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
|
2010-04-24 01:18:26 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, PDiag(diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
|
2010-04-24 01:18:26 +08:00
|
|
|
<< OpSpelling << (int)isIndirect)) {
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-25 03:06:50 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
|
2009-10-07 01:59:45 +08:00
|
|
|
/*DetectVirtual=*/false);
|
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: Would it be useful to print full ambiguity paths, or is that
|
|
|
|
// overkill?
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!IsDerivedFrom(LHSType, Class, Paths) ||
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(Class))) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
<< (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-01-16 08:00:48 +08:00
|
|
|
// Cast LHS to type of use.
|
|
|
|
QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
|
2011-09-28 05:58:52 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
|
2010-07-20 12:20:21 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-07 14:22:56 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXCastPath BasePath;
|
2010-04-25 03:06:50 +08:00
|
|
|
BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
|
|
|
|
&BasePath);
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
|
2009-11-19 05:54:48 +08:00
|
|
|
// Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
|
|
|
|
// the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
|
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ 5.5p2
|
|
|
|
// The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
|
|
|
|
// second operand.
|
|
|
|
// The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
|
|
|
|
// in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
|
|
|
|
QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
|
|
|
|
// In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
|
|
|
|
// ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
|
|
|
|
// expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
|
|
|
|
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
|
|
|
|
switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
|
|
|
|
case RQ_None:
|
|
|
|
// Do nothing
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RQ_LValue:
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
<< RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
case RQ_RValue:
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
<< RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2011-01-27 00:40:18 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
|
|
|
|
// The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
|
|
|
|
// to a data member is of the same value category as its
|
|
|
|
// first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
|
|
|
|
// operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
|
|
|
|
// result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
|
|
|
|
// is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
|
2011-04-27 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
VK = VK_RValue;
|
2011-04-27 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
return Context.BoundMemberTy;
|
|
|
|
} else if (isIndirect) {
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
VK = VK_LValue;
|
2011-04-27 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2011-09-16 05:56:47 +08:00
|
|
|
VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
|
2011-04-27 04:42:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-02-08 04:10:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++0x 5.16p3.
|
|
|
|
///
|
|
|
|
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
|
|
|
|
/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
|
|
|
|
/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
|
|
|
|
/// as such.
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
bool &HaveConversion,
|
|
|
|
QualType &ToType) {
|
|
|
|
HaveConversion = false;
|
|
|
|
ToType = To->getType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p3
|
|
|
|
// The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
|
|
|
|
// can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
|
|
|
|
// as follows:
|
|
|
|
// -- If E2 is an lvalue:
|
2010-11-24 13:12:34 +08:00
|
|
|
bool ToIsLvalue = To->isLValue();
|
2010-03-27 04:59:55 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ToIsLvalue) {
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be implicitly converted to
|
|
|
|
// type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the constraint that in the
|
|
|
|
// conversion the reference must bind directly to E1.
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType T = Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType);
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
|
|
|
|
ToType = T;
|
|
|
|
HaveConversion = true;
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
|
|
|
|
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-25 09:37:24 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
|
|
|
|
// -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
|
|
|
|
// the same or one is a base class of the other:
|
|
|
|
QualType FTy = From->getType();
|
|
|
|
QualType TTy = To->getType();
|
2009-07-30 05:53:49 +08:00
|
|
|
const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
Self.IsDerivedFrom(FTy, TTy);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FRec && TRec &&
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
(FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || Self.IsDerivedFrom(TTy, FTy))) {
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
|
|
|
|
// same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
|
|
|
|
// [cv2 > cv1].
|
2010-02-25 09:37:24 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
|
|
|
|
if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
2011-06-05 20:23:28 +08:00
|
|
|
if (InitSeq) {
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
HaveConversion = true;
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
|
|
|
|
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
|
|
|
|
// implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
|
2010-03-27 04:59:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// an rvalue).
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
|
|
|
|
// to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
|
|
|
|
if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
|
|
|
|
TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
2011-06-05 20:23:28 +08:00
|
|
|
HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
ToType = TTy;
|
|
|
|
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
|
|
|
|
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, &From, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
|
|
|
|
///
|
|
|
|
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
|
|
|
|
/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
|
|
|
|
/// conversion to a common type.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc);
|
|
|
|
Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 2,
|
|
|
|
CandidateSet);
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_Success: {
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult LHSRes =
|
|
|
|
Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
|
|
|
|
Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
|
|
|
|
if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = move(LHSRes);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult RHSRes =
|
|
|
|
Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
|
|
|
|
Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
|
|
|
|
if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
RHS = move(RHSRes);
|
2011-02-26 03:41:05 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Best->Function)
|
|
|
|
Self.MarkDeclarationReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-10 07:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
|
|
|
|
// constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
|
|
|
|
// likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
|
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-10 07:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_Ambiguous:
|
2011-02-19 07:54:50 +08:00
|
|
|
Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
|
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
|
|
|
|
// the viable candidates.
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
2009-12-10 07:02:17 +08:00
|
|
|
case OR_Deleted:
|
2011-09-23 13:06:16 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-18 00:30:52 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
|
|
|
|
/// TryClassUnification.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Arg = E.take();
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, &Arg, 1);
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(&Arg, 1));
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid())
|
2009-04-18 00:30:52 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E = Result;
|
2009-04-18 00:30:52 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
|
|
|
|
///
|
|
|
|
/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
|
|
|
|
/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
|
2011-02-17 18:25:35 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
|
2009-05-16 15:39:55 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
|
|
|
|
// interface pointers.
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p1
|
|
|
|
// The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.take());
|
|
|
|
if (CondRes.isInvalid())
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Cond = move(CondRes);
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// Assume r-value.
|
|
|
|
VK = VK_RValue;
|
2010-11-19 03:01:18 +08:00
|
|
|
OK = OK_Ordinary;
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// Either of the arguments dependent?
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return Context.DependentTy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p2
|
|
|
|
// If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
|
|
|
|
QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
|
|
|
|
bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
|
|
|
|
if (LVoid || RVoid) {
|
|
|
|
// ... then the [l2r] conversions are performed on the second and third
|
|
|
|
// operands ...
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
|
|
|
|
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
|
|
|
|
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
|
|
|
|
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ... and one of the following shall hold:
|
|
|
|
// -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a throw-
|
|
|
|
// expression; the result is of the type of the other and is an rvalue.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get());
|
|
|
|
bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get());
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
if (LThrow && !RThrow)
|
|
|
|
return RTy;
|
|
|
|
if (RThrow && !LThrow)
|
|
|
|
return LTy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
|
|
|
|
// type void and is an rvalue.
|
|
|
|
if (LVoid && RVoid)
|
|
|
|
return Context.VoidTy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Neither holds, error.
|
|
|
|
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
|
|
|
|
<< (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Neither is void.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p3
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
|
|
|
|
// either has (cv) class type, and attempt is made to convert each of those
|
|
|
|
// operands to the other.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
(LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
|
|
|
|
ImplicitConversionSequence ICSLeftToRight, ICSRightToLeft;
|
|
|
|
// These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
|
2010-03-27 04:14:36 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType L2RType, R2LType;
|
|
|
|
bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
|
|
|
|
if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
|
|
|
|
// the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
|
|
|
|
// original operands for the remainder of this section.
|
|
|
|
if (HaveL2R) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (HaveR2L) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p4
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
|
|
|
|
// category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
|
|
|
|
// value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
|
|
|
|
// operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
|
2010-11-19 03:01:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
|
|
|
|
// l-values.
|
2010-04-02 06:47:07 +08:00
|
|
|
bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Same &&
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS.get()->isGLValue() &&
|
|
|
|
LHS.get()->getValueKind() == RHS.get()->getValueKind() &&
|
|
|
|
LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
|
|
|
|
RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
|
|
|
|
VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
|
|
|
|
if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
|
|
|
|
RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
|
2010-11-19 03:01:18 +08:00
|
|
|
OK = OK_BitField;
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
return LTy;
|
2010-09-25 09:08:05 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p5
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the result is an rvalue. If the second and third operands
|
|
|
|
// do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
|
|
|
|
if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
|
|
|
|
// ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
|
|
|
|
// to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
|
|
|
|
// program is ill-formed.
|
|
|
|
if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.16p6
|
|
|
|
// LValue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
|
|
|
|
// conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.take());
|
|
|
|
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
|
|
|
|
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
|
|
|
|
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
|
|
|
|
// -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
|
2010-05-20 07:40:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
|
|
|
|
// is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
|
|
|
|
// copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
|
|
|
|
// operand depending on the value of the first operand.
|
|
|
|
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
|
|
|
|
if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
|
|
|
|
// The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation(),
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS);
|
2010-05-20 07:40:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation(),
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
RHS);
|
2010-05-20 07:40:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
LHS = LHSCopy;
|
|
|
|
RHS = RHSCopy;
|
2010-05-20 07:40:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return LTy;
|
2010-05-20 07:40:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
|
2011-06-24 02:10:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
|
2010-05-19 06:42:18 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
// -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
|
|
|
|
// the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
|
|
|
|
// common type, and the result is of that type.
|
|
|
|
if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
|
|
|
|
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
return LHS.get()->getType();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
|
|
|
|
// type and the other is a null pointer constant; pointer conversions
|
|
|
|
// and qualification conversions are performed to bring them to their
|
|
|
|
// composite pointer type. The result is of the composite pointer type.
|
2010-01-03 06:56:07 +08:00
|
|
|
// -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
|
|
|
|
// pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
|
|
|
|
// pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
|
|
|
|
// performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
|
|
|
|
// shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
|
|
|
|
// operand. The result is of the common type.
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
|
|
|
|
if (!Composite.isNull()) {
|
|
|
|
if (NonStandardCompositeType)
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(QuestionLoc,
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
|
|
|
|
<< LTy << RTy << Composite
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return Composite;
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-02 06:47:07 +08:00
|
|
|
// Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
|
2009-12-11 04:46:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (!Composite.isNull())
|
|
|
|
return Composite;
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-02-19 08:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
// Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
|
2011-02-19 08:13:59 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
|
|
|
|
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
|
2009-04-17 01:51:27 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
|
|
|
|
///
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
/// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
|
|
|
|
/// and @p E2 according to C++0x 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
|
|
|
|
/// type and returns it.
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
/// It does not emit diagnostics.
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
///
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
|
|
|
|
/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
|
|
|
|
///
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
/// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
|
|
|
|
/// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
|
|
|
|
/// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
|
|
|
|
/// will be set true.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
|
|
|
|
if (NonStandardCompositeType)
|
|
|
|
*NonStandardCompositeType = false;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
|
|
|
|
QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-12-09 04:04:24 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
|
|
|
|
!T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++0x 5.9p2
|
|
|
|
// Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
|
|
|
|
// pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
|
|
|
|
// one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
|
|
|
|
// the type of the other operand.
|
2009-09-25 12:25:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).take();
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return T2;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-25 12:25:58 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).take();
|
2009-10-20 16:27:19 +08:00
|
|
|
else
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).take();
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return T1;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
|
2009-11-17 05:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
|
|
|
|
(!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
|
|
|
|
// the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
|
|
|
|
// "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
|
|
|
|
// type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
|
|
|
|
// the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
|
|
|
|
// In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
|
|
|
|
// What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
|
|
|
|
// conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
|
|
|
|
// types are the same, we have succeeded.
|
2009-09-25 03:53:00 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: extended qualifiers?
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
|
2009-11-17 05:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
|
2009-11-17 05:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ContainingClassVector;
|
|
|
|
ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
|
|
|
|
QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
|
|
|
|
Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
|
|
|
|
if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
|
|
|
|
(Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
|
|
|
|
Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
|
|
|
|
Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
|
|
|
|
NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
QualifierUnion.push_back(
|
|
|
|
Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
|
|
|
|
MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair((const Type *)0, (const Type *)0));
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
|
|
|
|
if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
|
|
|
|
(MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
|
|
|
|
Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
|
|
|
|
Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
|
|
|
|
NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
QualifierUnion.push_back(
|
|
|
|
Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
|
|
|
|
MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
|
|
|
|
MemPtr2->getClass()));
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// FIXME: block pointer types?
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// Cannot unwrap any more types.
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
} while (true);
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
|
|
|
|
// Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
|
2010-02-26 06:29:57 +08:00
|
|
|
// requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
|
|
|
|
if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
|
|
|
|
*NonStandardCompositeType = true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
// Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
|
2009-11-17 05:03:45 +08:00
|
|
|
ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
|
|
|
|
= MemberOfClass.rbegin();
|
|
|
|
for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
|
|
|
|
I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
|
|
|
|
E = QualifierUnion.rend();
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
|
2009-09-25 03:53:00 +08:00
|
|
|
Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
|
|
|
|
// Rebuild member pointer type
|
2009-09-25 03:53:00 +08:00
|
|
|
Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
|
|
|
|
Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
|
|
|
|
MOC->first);
|
|
|
|
Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
|
|
|
|
Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
|
|
|
|
MOC->second);
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// Rebuild pointer type
|
2009-09-25 03:53:00 +08:00
|
|
|
Composite1
|
|
|
|
= Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
|
|
|
|
Composite2
|
|
|
|
= Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
|
2009-08-25 01:42:35 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity1
|
|
|
|
= InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
|
|
|
|
InitializationKind Kind
|
|
|
|
= InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E1, 1);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, &E2, 1);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
|
|
|
|
// Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
|
|
|
|
// Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
|
|
|
|
// Composite2 is also viable.
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity2
|
|
|
|
= InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
|
|
|
|
// Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
|
|
|
|
// this is an ambiguity.
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// Convert E1 to Composite1
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult E1Result
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
= E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E1,1));
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E1Result.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Convert E2 to Composite1
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult E2Result
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
= E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this,&E2,1));
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E2Result.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return Composite1;
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check whether Composite2 is viable.
|
|
|
|
InitializedEntity Entity2
|
|
|
|
= InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E1, 1);
|
|
|
|
InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, &E2, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// Convert E1 to Composite2
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult E1Result
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
= E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E1, 1));
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E1Result.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
E1 = E1Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// Convert E2 to Composite2
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult E2Result
|
2010-08-23 14:44:23 +08:00
|
|
|
= E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, MultiExprArg(*this, &E2, 1));
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E2Result.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return QualType();
|
|
|
|
E2 = E2Result.takeAs<Expr>();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-04-17 07:20:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return Composite2;
|
2009-04-20 03:26:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-05-18 02:41:29 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
|
2010-11-02 05:10:29 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!E)
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
|
|
|
|
if (!E->isRValue())
|
2009-08-16 07:41:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
// In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
|
|
|
|
// in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
|
|
|
|
E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bool ReturnsRetained;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
|
|
|
|
// called value.
|
|
|
|
if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
|
|
|
|
Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
|
|
|
|
QualType T = Callee->getType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
|
|
|
|
// Handle pointer-to-members.
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
|
|
|
|
T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
|
|
|
|
else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
|
|
|
|
T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
|
|
|
|
T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
|
|
|
|
T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
|
|
|
|
T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
|
|
|
|
assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
|
|
|
|
ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
|
|
|
|
// type always produce a +1 object.
|
|
|
|
} else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
|
|
|
|
ReturnsRetained = true;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// For message sends and property references, we try to find an
|
|
|
|
// actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
|
|
|
|
// cases where we don't have an actual method.
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2011-08-03 15:02:44 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjCMethodDecl *D = 0;
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
|
|
|
|
D = Send->getMethodDecl();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-12-25 02:51:59 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
|
2011-08-03 15:02:44 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
|
|
|
|
// return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
|
|
|
|
// return an object.
|
|
|
|
if (!ReturnsRetained &&
|
|
|
|
D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-15 03:53:16 +08:00
|
|
|
// Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
|
|
|
|
if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-07-07 14:58:02 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-10 14:18:15 +08:00
|
|
|
CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
|
|
|
|
: CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
|
2011-07-07 14:58:02 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, 0,
|
|
|
|
VK_RValue));
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-28 06:09:28 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ET = Context.getBaseElementType(E->getType());
|
|
|
|
const RecordType *RT = ET->getAs<RecordType>();
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!RT)
|
2011-02-08 10:14:35 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-02-05 06:26:26 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete.
|
|
|
|
// If it has a trivial destructor, we can avoid the extra copy.
|
2011-01-28 03:17:54 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
|
2010-08-12 10:40:37 +08:00
|
|
|
if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
|
2010-02-05 06:26:26 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
|
|
|
|
if (Destructor) {
|
2009-08-04 03:13:25 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
|
2010-04-07 08:41:46 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
|
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
|
|
|
|
<< E->getType());
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
// We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
|
2010-04-07 08:41:46 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-05-31 04:36:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
|
|
|
|
if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Owned(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.take()));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-06 16:20:24 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
|
2009-06-05 23:38:08 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(SubExpr && "sub expression can't be null!");
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
|
|
|
|
assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
|
|
|
|
assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
|
2009-06-05 23:38:08 +08:00
|
|
|
return SubExpr;
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
ArrayRef<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject> Cleanups
|
|
|
|
= llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
|
|
|
|
ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
|
|
|
|
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-11-10 13:35:25 +08:00
|
|
|
return E;
|
2009-12-23 06:17:25 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-06 16:20:24 +08:00
|
|
|
Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
|
2010-11-02 10:33:08 +08:00
|
|
|
assert(SubStmt && "sub statement can't be null!");
|
|
|
|
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
|
2010-11-02 10:33:08 +08:00
|
|
|
return SubStmt;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
|
|
|
|
// a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
|
|
|
|
// This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
|
|
|
|
// a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
|
|
|
|
CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, &SubStmt, 1,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
|
|
|
Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation());
|
2010-12-06 16:20:24 +08:00
|
|
|
return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
|
2010-11-02 10:33:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
tok::TokenKind OpKind, ParsedType &ObjectType,
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
Base = Result.get();
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-26 01:37:35 +08:00
|
|
|
Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
|
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
Base = Result.take();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
|
2009-11-05 06:49:18 +08:00
|
|
|
// If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
|
|
|
|
// the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
|
|
|
|
// have enough information about that type to do something useful.
|
|
|
|
if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
|
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
|
|
|
|
BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(Base);
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
// [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// returned, with the original second operand.
|
|
|
|
if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
|
2009-09-30 09:01:30 +08:00
|
|
|
// The set of types we've considered so far.
|
2009-09-30 09:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
|
2011-07-23 18:55:15 +08:00
|
|
|
SmallVector<SourceLocation, 8> Locations;
|
2009-09-30 09:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, Base, OpLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (Result.isInvalid())
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Base = Result.get();
|
|
|
|
if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
|
2009-10-14 06:55:59 +08:00
|
|
|
Locations.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()->getLocation());
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
BaseType = Base->getType();
|
2009-09-30 09:01:30 +08:00
|
|
|
CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
|
2009-09-30 09:30:54 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType)) {
|
2009-09-30 08:19:41 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular);
|
2009-10-01 01:46:20 +08:00
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i < Locations.size(); i++)
|
|
|
|
Diag(Locations[i], diag::note_declared_at);
|
2009-09-30 08:19:41 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-21 03:58:21 +08:00
|
|
|
if (BaseType->isPointerType())
|
|
|
|
BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
|
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// We could end up with various non-record types here, such as extended
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// vector types or Objective-C interfaces. Just return early and let
|
|
|
|
// ActOnMemberReferenceExpr do the work.
|
2009-09-04 05:38:09 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
|
|
|
|
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
|
|
|
|
// [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
|
|
|
|
// type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
|
|
|
|
// postfix-expression.
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// This also indicates that we should be parsing a
|
|
|
|
// pseudo-destructor-name.
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjectType = ParsedType();
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(Base);
|
2009-09-04 05:38:09 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-11-17 13:17:33 +08:00
|
|
|
// The object type must be complete (or dependent).
|
|
|
|
if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
|
2009-11-17 13:17:33 +08:00
|
|
|
PDiag(diag::err_incomplete_member_access)))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2009-09-04 05:38:09 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
|
2009-11-17 13:17:33 +08:00
|
|
|
// unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
|
2009-09-04 05:38:09 +08:00
|
|
|
// type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
|
|
|
|
// up in the scope of class C. [...]
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
|
2009-09-09 23:08:12 +08:00
|
|
|
return move(Base);
|
2009-09-03 06:59:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc,
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *MemExpr) {
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation ExpectedLParenLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NameLoc);
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_dtor_expr_without_call)
|
|
|
|
<< isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(MemExpr)
|
2010-04-01 01:46:05 +08:00
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ExpectedLParenLoc, "()");
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
return ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0,
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
MemExpr,
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
/*LPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc,
|
2010-08-27 07:41:50 +08:00
|
|
|
MultiExprArg(),
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
/*RPLoc*/ ExpectedLParenLoc);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *Base,
|
|
|
|
tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// This scalar type is the object type.
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
|
|
|
|
if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
|
|
|
|
ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
} else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
<< ObjectType << true
|
2010-04-01 01:46:05 +08:00
|
|
|
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
if (S.isSFINAEContext())
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
OpKind = tok::period;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation OpLoc,
|
|
|
|
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
|
|
|
|
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation CCLoc,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
|
|
|
|
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed,
|
|
|
|
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType()) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
<< ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
|
|
|
|
QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
|
2010-05-20 18:00:11 +08:00
|
|
|
= DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
|
|
|
|
Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
|
|
|
|
<< ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
|
|
|
|
<< DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
|
|
|
|
DestructedType = ObjectType;
|
|
|
|
DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
DestructedTypeStart);
|
2011-06-16 07:02:42 +08:00
|
|
|
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
|
|
|
|
} else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
|
|
|
|
ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
|
|
|
|
// Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
|
|
|
|
// type.
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
|
|
|
|
<< ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
|
|
|
|
<< DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
|
|
|
|
DestructedType = ObjectType;
|
|
|
|
DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
|
|
|
|
DestructedTypeStart);
|
|
|
|
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
|
|
|
|
// [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
|
|
|
|
// form
|
|
|
|
//
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
// shall designate the same scalar type.
|
|
|
|
if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
|
|
|
|
QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
|
2010-06-12 01:36:40 +08:00
|
|
|
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-05-20 18:00:11 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
<< ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
|
2010-05-20 18:00:11 +08:00
|
|
|
<< ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ScopeType = QualType();
|
|
|
|
ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
Expr *Result
|
|
|
|
= new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
|
|
|
|
OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
|
2011-02-26 02:19:59 +08:00
|
|
|
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
ScopeTypeInfo,
|
|
|
|
CCLoc,
|
|
|
|
TildeLoc,
|
|
|
|
Destructed);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
if (HasTrailingLParen)
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(Result);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return DiagnoseDtorReference(Destructed.getLocation(), Result);
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 14:29:42 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
|
2011-02-25 13:21:17 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation OpLoc,
|
|
|
|
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
|
|
|
|
CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
|
|
UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation CCLoc,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
|
|
|
|
UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
|
|
|
|
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
|
|
|
|
FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
|
|
|
|
"Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
|
|
|
|
assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
|
|
|
|
SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
|
|
|
|
"Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
|
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
|
|
|
|
// record types and dependent types matter.
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!SS.isSet()) {
|
2011-02-25 13:21:17 +08:00
|
|
|
if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
|
|
|
|
ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
|
|
|
|
ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// type (with source-location information).
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType DestructedType;
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = 0;
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
|
2011-02-09 02:05:59 +08:00
|
|
|
S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!T &&
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
|
|
|
|
(!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
// The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
// couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
|
|
|
|
// it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
|
|
|
|
// template instantiation time.
|
|
|
|
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
|
|
|
|
SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
|
|
|
|
} else if (!T) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
|
|
|
|
<< SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
|
|
|
|
if (isSFINAEContext())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
// Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
|
|
|
|
DestructedType = ObjectType;
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
} else
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// Resolve the template-id to a type.
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->NumArgs);
|
2011-03-02 08:47:37 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->Template,
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
|
|
|
|
TemplateArgsPtr,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
|
|
|
|
// Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
|
|
|
|
DestructedType = ObjectType;
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// information.
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
|
|
|
|
DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = 0;
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ScopeType;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
|
|
|
|
if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
|
2010-08-24 13:47:05 +08:00
|
|
|
FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
|
2011-02-26 02:19:59 +08:00
|
|
|
S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!T) {
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
|
|
|
|
<< FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
if (isSFINAEContext())
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
|
|
|
|
ScopeType = QualType();
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
// Resolve the template-id to a type.
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->NumArgs);
|
2011-03-02 08:47:37 +08:00
|
|
|
TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->Template,
|
2010-02-25 06:38:50 +08:00
|
|
|
TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
|
|
|
|
TemplateArgsPtr,
|
|
|
|
TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
|
|
|
|
if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
|
|
|
|
// Recover by dropping this type.
|
|
|
|
ScopeType = QualType();
|
|
|
|
} else
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
|
2010-02-25 05:29:12 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-02-25 07:02:30 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
|
|
|
|
ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
|
|
|
|
FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2010-08-24 07:25:46 +08:00
|
|
|
return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
|
2010-02-25 07:50:37 +08:00
|
|
|
ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
|
2010-02-25 09:56:36 +08:00
|
|
|
Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
|
Rework parsing of pseudo-destructor expressions and explicit
destructor calls, e.g.,
p->T::~T
We now detect when the member access that we've parsed, e.g.,
p-> or x.
may be a pseudo-destructor expression, either because the type of p or
x is a scalar or because it is dependent (and, therefore, may become a
scalar at template instantiation time).
We then parse the pseudo-destructor grammar specifically:
::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ∼ type-name
and hand those results to a new action, ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr,
which will cope with both dependent member accesses of destructors and
with pseudo-destructor expressions.
This commit affects the parsing of pseudo-destructors, only; the
semantic actions still go through the semantic actions for member
access expressions. That will change soon.
llvm-svn: 97045
2010-02-25 02:44:31 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-17 00:03:09 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation OpLoc,
|
|
|
|
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
|
|
|
|
const DeclSpec& DS,
|
|
|
|
bool HasTrailingLParen) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QualType ObjectType = Base->getType();
|
|
|
|
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TypeLocBuilder TLB;
|
|
|
|
DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
|
|
|
|
DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
|
|
|
|
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
|
|
|
|
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
|
|
|
|
0, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
|
|
|
|
Destructed, HasTrailingLParen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXMethodDecl *Method,
|
|
|
|
bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/0,
|
|
|
|
FoundDecl, Method);
|
|
|
|
if (Exp.isInvalid())
|
2011-01-20 08:18:04 +08:00
|
|
|
return true;
|
2009-12-09 12:53:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-01-27 15:10:08 +08:00
|
|
|
MemberExpr *ME =
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
new (Context) MemberExpr(Exp.take(), /*IsArrow=*/false, Method,
|
2011-11-17 06:46:05 +08:00
|
|
|
SourceLocation(), Context.BoundMemberTy,
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
|
2011-10-05 15:56:41 +08:00
|
|
|
if (HadMultipleCandidates)
|
|
|
|
ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
|
|
|
|
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
QualType ResultType = Method->getResultType();
|
|
|
|
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
|
|
|
|
ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
MarkDeclarationReferenced(Exp.get()->getLocStart(), Method);
|
2009-11-23 20:27:39 +08:00
|
|
|
CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
|
2010-11-18 14:31:45 +08:00
|
|
|
new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, 0, 0, ResultType, VK,
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
|
2009-09-29 07:23:40 +08:00
|
|
|
return CE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-09-11 04:55:43 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
|
|
|
|
SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
return Owned(new (Context) CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand,
|
|
|
|
Operand->CanThrow(Context),
|
|
|
|
KeyLoc, RParen));
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
|
|
|
|
Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
|
|
|
|
return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
|
2010-09-11 04:55:37 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
|
|
|
|
/// context that ignores the result.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
|
2011-10-26 01:37:35 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
|
|
|
|
if (result.isInvalid()) return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
E = result.take();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-02 10:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
// C99 6.3.2.1:
|
|
|
|
// [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
|
|
|
|
// array type is converted to the value stored in the
|
|
|
|
// designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
|
2011-06-28 05:24:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (E->isRValue()) {
|
|
|
|
// In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
|
|
|
|
// are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
|
|
|
|
// on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for
|
|
|
|
// some clients.
|
|
|
|
if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
|
|
|
|
return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, this rule does not apply in C++, at least not for the moment.
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return Owned(E);
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
|
|
|
|
if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
|
|
|
|
if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
|
|
|
|
// FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).take();
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
|
|
|
|
if (Res.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
|
|
|
E = Res.take();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-04 20:29:11 +08:00
|
|
|
if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
|
|
|
|
RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
|
|
|
|
diag::err_incomplete_type);
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
return Owned(E);
|
2010-12-04 11:47:34 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE) {
|
|
|
|
ExprResult FullExpr = Owned(FE);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!FullExpr.get())
|
2010-12-15 09:34:56 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2010-12-02 10:07:15 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
|
Variadic templates: extend Type, NestedNameSpecifier, TemplateName,
and TemplateArgument with an operation that determines whether there
are any unexpanded parameter packs within that construct. Use this
information to diagnose the appearance of the names of parameter packs
that have not been expanded (C++ [temp.variadic]p5). Since this
property is checked often (every declaration, ever expression
statement, etc.), we extend Type and Expr with a bit storing the
result of this computation, rather than walking the AST each time to
determine whether any unexpanded parameter packs occur.
This commit is deficient in several ways, which will be remedied with
future commits:
- Expr has a bit to store the presence of an unexpanded parameter
pack, but it is never set.
- The error messages don't point out where the unexpanded parameter
packs were named in the type/expression, but they should.
- We don't check for unexpanded parameter packs in all of the places
where we should.
- Testing is sparse, pending the resolution of the above three
issues.
llvm-svn: 121724
2010-12-14 06:49:22 +08:00
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-12-15 08:53:32 +08:00
|
|
|
// Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
|
|
|
|
if (getLangOptions().DebuggerSupport &&
|
|
|
|
FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy &&
|
|
|
|
isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(FullExpr.get())) {
|
|
|
|
FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.take(), Context.getObjCIdType());
|
|
|
|
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-04-11 03:13:55 +08:00
|
|
|
FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.take());
|
|
|
|
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
2011-03-07 10:05:23 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-04-09 02:41:53 +08:00
|
|
|
FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.take());
|
|
|
|
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
|
|
|
|
return ExprError();
|
|
|
|
|
2011-09-24 04:10:00 +08:00
|
|
|
CheckImplicitConversions(FullExpr.get(), FullExpr.get()->getExprLoc());
|
2010-12-06 16:20:24 +08:00
|
|
|
return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
|
2009-05-18 02:41:29 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2010-11-02 10:33:08 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
|
|
|
|
if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
|
|
|
|
|
2010-12-06 16:20:24 +08:00
|
|
|
return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
|
2010-11-02 10:33:08 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-05-07 04:48:22 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::IfExistsResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
|
|
|
|
CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
|
|
const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
|
2011-05-07 04:48:22 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
|
|
|
|
if (!TargetName)
|
2011-10-25 06:31:10 +08:00
|
|
|
return IER_DoesNotExist;
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 06:31:10 +08:00
|
|
|
// If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
|
|
|
|
if (TargetName.isDependentName())
|
|
|
|
return IER_Dependent;
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-05-07 04:48:22 +08:00
|
|
|
// Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
|
|
|
|
LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
|
|
|
|
Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
|
2011-10-25 06:31:10 +08:00
|
|
|
LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
|
2011-05-07 04:48:22 +08:00
|
|
|
R.suppressDiagnostics();
|
2011-10-25 06:31:10 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (R.getResultKind()) {
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::Found:
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
|
|
|
|
return IER_Exists;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::NotFound:
|
|
|
|
return IER_DoesNotExist;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
|
|
|
|
return IER_Dependent;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
return IER_DoesNotExist;
|
2011-05-07 04:48:22 +08:00
|
|
|
}
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 11:44:56 +08:00
|
|
|
Sema::IfExistsResult
|
|
|
|
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
|
|
|
|
bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
|
|
|
|
UnqualifiedId &Name) {
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
|
2011-10-25 11:44:56 +08:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
|
|
|
|
SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
|
|
|
|
collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
|
|
|
|
collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
|
|
|
|
if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
|
|
|
|
DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
|
|
|
|
IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
|
|
|
|
: UPPC_IfNotExists,
|
|
|
|
Unexpanded);
|
|
|
|
return IER_Error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2011-10-25 09:33:02 +08:00
|
|
|
return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|